1 /* PowerPC64-specific support for 64-bit ELF.
2 Copyright (C) 1999-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Linus Nordberg, Swox AB <info@swox.com>,
4 based on elf32-ppc.c by Ian Lance Taylor.
5 Largely rewritten by Alan Modra.
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
20 with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
21 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
24 /* The 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI may be found at
25 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/PPC-elf64abi.txt, and
26 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/spec/book1.html */
34 #include "elf/ppc64.h"
35 #include "elf64-ppc.h"
38 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
39 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
41 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_ha_reloc
42 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
43 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
44 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
45 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
46 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
47 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
48 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
49 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
50 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
52 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
53 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
54 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
55 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
56 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
57 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
58 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
59 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
60 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
61 static bfd_vma opd_entry_value
62 (asection
*, bfd_vma
, asection
**, bfd_vma
*, bfd_boolean
);
64 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf64_le_vec
65 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-powerpcle"
66 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_vec
67 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc"
68 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
69 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC64_ELF_DATA
70 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC64
71 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
72 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
73 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
74 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc64_elf_info_to_howto
76 #define elf_backend_want_got_sym 0
77 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
78 #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 3
79 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
80 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 8
81 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
82 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
83 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
84 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
85 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
86 #define elf_backend_default_execstack 0
88 #define bfd_elf64_mkobject ppc64_elf_mkobject
89 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup
90 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup
91 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
92 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_print_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data
93 #define bfd_elf64_new_section_hook ppc64_elf_new_section_hook
94 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create
95 #define bfd_elf64_get_synthetic_symtab ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
96 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_just_syms ppc64_elf_link_just_syms
97 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_gc_sections ppc64_elf_gc_sections
99 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc64_elf_object_p
100 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus
101 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo
102 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc64_elf_write_core_note
103 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
104 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
105 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook
106 #define elf_backend_check_directives ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs
107 #define elf_backend_notice_as_needed ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed
108 #define elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup
109 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc64_elf_check_relocs
110 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
111 #define elf_backend_gc_keep ppc64_elf_gc_keep
112 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_dynamic_ref ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref
113 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook
114 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
115 #define elf_backend_hide_symbol ppc64_elf_hide_symbol
116 #define elf_backend_maybe_function_sym ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym
117 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections ppc64_elf_func_desc_adjust
118 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
119 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc64_elf_hash_symbol
120 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections
121 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc64_elf_action_discarded
122 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc64_elf_relocate_section
123 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
124 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class
125 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
126 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook
127 #define elf_backend_special_sections ppc64_elf_special_sections
128 #define elf_backend_section_flags ppc64_elf_section_flags
129 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute
130 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol ppc64_elf_merge_symbol
131 #define elf_backend_get_reloc_section bfd_get_section_by_name
133 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
135 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
137 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
138 #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 8)
139 #define LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 16 : 8)
141 /* The initial size of the plt reserved for the dynamic linker. */
142 #define PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 16)
144 /* Offsets to some stack save slots. */
146 #define STK_TOC(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 40 : 24)
147 /* This one is dodgy. ELFv2 does not have a linker word, so use the
148 CR save slot. Used only by optimised __tls_get_addr call stub,
149 relying on __tls_get_addr_opt not saving CR.. */
150 #define STK_LINKER(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 32 : 8)
152 /* TOC base pointers offset from start of TOC. */
153 #define TOC_BASE_OFF 0x8000
154 /* TOC base alignment. */
155 #define TOC_BASE_ALIGN 256
157 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
158 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
159 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
161 /* .plt call stub instructions. The normal stub is like this, but
162 sometimes the .plt entry crosses a 64k boundary and we need to
163 insert an addi to adjust r11. */
164 #define STD_R2_0R1 0xf8410000 /* std %r2,0+40(%r1) */
165 #define ADDIS_R11_R2 0x3d620000 /* addis %r11,%r2,xxx@ha */
166 #define LD_R12_0R11 0xe98b0000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0@l(%r11) */
167 #define MTCTR_R12 0x7d8903a6 /* mtctr %r12 */
168 #define LD_R2_0R11 0xe84b0000 /* ld %r2,xxx+8@l(%r11) */
169 #define LD_R11_0R11 0xe96b0000 /* ld %r11,xxx+16@l(%r11) */
170 #define BCTR 0x4e800420 /* bctr */
172 #define ADDI_R11_R11 0x396b0000 /* addi %r11,%r11,off@l */
173 #define ADDI_R12_R11 0x398b0000 /* addi %r12,%r11,off@l */
174 #define ADDI_R12_R12 0x398c0000 /* addi %r12,%r12,off@l */
175 #define ADDIS_R2_R2 0x3c420000 /* addis %r2,%r2,off@ha */
176 #define ADDI_R2_R2 0x38420000 /* addi %r2,%r2,off@l */
178 #define XOR_R2_R12_R12 0x7d826278 /* xor %r2,%r12,%r12 */
179 #define ADD_R11_R11_R2 0x7d6b1214 /* add %r11,%r11,%r2 */
180 #define XOR_R11_R12_R12 0x7d8b6278 /* xor %r11,%r12,%r12 */
181 #define ADD_R2_R2_R11 0x7c425a14 /* add %r2,%r2,%r11 */
182 #define CMPLDI_R2_0 0x28220000 /* cmpldi %r2,0 */
183 #define BNECTR 0x4ca20420 /* bnectr+ */
184 #define BNECTR_P4 0x4ce20420 /* bnectr+ */
186 #define LD_R12_0R2 0xe9820000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0(%r2) */
187 #define LD_R11_0R2 0xe9620000 /* ld %r11,xxx+0(%r2) */
188 #define LD_R2_0R2 0xe8420000 /* ld %r2,xxx+0(%r2) */
190 #define LD_R2_0R1 0xe8410000 /* ld %r2,0(%r1) */
191 #define LD_R2_0R12 0xe84c0000 /* ld %r2,0(%r12) */
192 #define ADD_R2_R2_R12 0x7c426214 /* add %r2,%r2,%r12 */
194 #define LI_R11_0 0x39600000 /* li %r11,0 */
195 #define LIS_R2 0x3c400000 /* lis %r2,xxx@ha */
196 #define LIS_R11 0x3d600000 /* lis %r11,xxx@ha */
197 #define LIS_R12 0x3d800000 /* lis %r12,xxx@ha */
198 #define ADDIS_R2_R12 0x3c4c0000 /* addis %r2,%r12,xxx@ha */
199 #define ADDIS_R12_R2 0x3d820000 /* addis %r12,%r2,xxx@ha */
200 #define ADDIS_R12_R11 0x3d8b0000 /* addis %r12,%r11,xxx@ha */
201 #define ADDIS_R12_R12 0x3d8c0000 /* addis %r12,%r12,xxx@ha */
202 #define ORIS_R12_R12_0 0x658c0000 /* oris %r12,%r12,xxx@hi */
203 #define ORI_R11_R11_0 0x616b0000 /* ori %r11,%r11,xxx@l */
204 #define ORI_R12_R12_0 0x618c0000 /* ori %r12,%r12,xxx@l */
205 #define LD_R12_0R12 0xe98c0000 /* ld %r12,xxx@l(%r12) */
206 #define SLDI_R11_R11_34 0x796b1746 /* sldi %r11,%r11,34 */
207 #define SLDI_R12_R12_32 0x799c07c6 /* sldi %r12,%r12,32 */
208 #define LDX_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b602a /* ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
209 #define ADD_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b6214 /* add %r12,%r11,%r12 */
210 #define PADDI_R12_PC 0x0610000039800000ULL
211 #define PLD_R12_PC 0x04100000e5800000ULL
212 #define PNOP 0x0700000000000000ULL
214 /* __glink_PLTresolve stub instructions. We enter with the index in R0. */
215 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE(htab) \
216 (8u + (htab->opd_abi ? 11 * 4 : 14 * 4))
220 #define MFLR_R12 0x7d8802a6 /* mflr %12 */
221 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005 /* bcl 20,31,1f */
223 #define MFLR_R11 0x7d6802a6 /* mflr %11 */
224 /* ld %2,(0b-1b)(%11) */
225 #define MTLR_R12 0x7d8803a6 /* mtlr %12 */
226 #define ADD_R11_R2_R11 0x7d625a14 /* add %11,%2,%11 */
232 #define MFLR_R0 0x7c0802a6 /* mflr %r0 */
233 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
234 #define SUB_R12_R12_R11 0x7d8b6050 /* subf %r12,%r11,%r12 */
235 #define ADDI_R0_R12 0x380c0000 /* addi %r0,%r12,0 */
236 #define SRDI_R0_R0_2 0x7800f082 /* rldicl %r0,%r0,62,2 */
239 #define NOP 0x60000000
241 /* Some other nops. */
242 #define CROR_151515 0x4def7b82
243 #define CROR_313131 0x4ffffb82
245 /* .glink entries for the first 32k functions are two instructions. */
246 #define LI_R0_0 0x38000000 /* li %r0,0 */
247 #define B_DOT 0x48000000 /* b . */
249 /* After that, we need two instructions to load the index, followed by
251 #define LIS_R0_0 0x3c000000 /* lis %r0,0 */
252 #define ORI_R0_R0_0 0x60000000 /* ori %r0,%r0,0 */
254 /* Instructions used by the save and restore reg functions. */
255 #define STD_R0_0R1 0xf8010000 /* std %r0,0(%r1) */
256 #define STD_R0_0R12 0xf80c0000 /* std %r0,0(%r12) */
257 #define LD_R0_0R1 0xe8010000 /* ld %r0,0(%r1) */
258 #define LD_R0_0R12 0xe80c0000 /* ld %r0,0(%r12) */
259 #define STFD_FR0_0R1 0xd8010000 /* stfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
260 #define LFD_FR0_0R1 0xc8010000 /* lfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
261 #define LI_R12_0 0x39800000 /* li %r12,0 */
262 #define STVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c01ce /* stvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
263 #define LVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c00ce /* lvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
264 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
265 #define BLR 0x4e800020 /* blr */
267 /* Since .opd is an array of descriptors and each entry will end up
268 with identical R_PPC64_RELATIVE relocs, there is really no need to
269 propagate .opd relocs; The dynamic linker should be taught to
270 relocate .opd without reloc entries. */
271 #ifndef NO_OPD_RELOCS
272 #define NO_OPD_RELOCS 0
276 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
280 abiversion (bfd
*abfd
)
282 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
286 set_abiversion (bfd
*abfd
, int ver
)
288 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC64_ABI
;
289 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= ver
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
292 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
293 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
294 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
295 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
296 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
297 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
298 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
299 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
300 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
301 complain, special_func) \
302 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
303 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
304 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
306 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) R_PPC64_max
];
308 static reloc_howto_type ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[] =
310 /* This reloc does nothing. */
311 HOW (R_PPC64_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
312 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
314 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
315 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
316 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
318 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
319 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
320 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
321 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
323 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
324 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
325 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
327 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
328 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
329 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
331 /* Bits 16-31 of an address. */
332 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
333 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
335 /* Bits 16-31 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low 16
336 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
337 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
340 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
341 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
342 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
343 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
345 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
346 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
347 bits must be zero. */
348 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
349 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
351 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
352 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
353 two bits must be zero. */
354 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
355 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
357 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
358 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
359 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
361 /* A variant of R_PPC64_REL24, used when r2 is not the toc pointer. */
362 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
363 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
365 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
366 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
367 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
369 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
370 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
372 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
373 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
375 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
376 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
378 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
379 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
381 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
383 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
384 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
386 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
388 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
389 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
391 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
393 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
394 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
396 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
398 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
399 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
401 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
402 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
403 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
404 shared library into the object, because the object being
405 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
406 HOW (R_PPC64_COPY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
407 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
409 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR64, but used when setting global offset table
411 HOW (R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
412 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
414 /* Created by the link editor. Marks a procedure linkage table
415 entry for a symbol. */
416 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
417 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
419 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
420 doubleword64 is set to the load address of the object, plus the
422 HOW (R_PPC64_RELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
423 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
425 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
426 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
427 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
429 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
430 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
431 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
433 /* 32-bit PC relative. */
434 HOW (R_PPC64_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
435 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
437 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
438 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
439 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
441 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
442 FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL32 not supported. */
443 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
444 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
446 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
448 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
449 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
451 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
453 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
454 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
456 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
458 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
459 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
461 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
462 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
463 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
465 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but no overflow warning. */
466 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
467 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
469 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
470 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
471 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
473 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
474 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
475 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
),
477 /* Like R_PPC64_REL24 without touching the two least significant bits. */
478 HOW (R_PPC64_REL30
, 2, 30, 0xfffffffc, 2, TRUE
, dont
,
479 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
481 /* Relocs in the 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI, not in the 32-bit ABI. */
483 /* A standard 64-bit relocation. */
484 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
485 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
487 /* The bits 32-47 of an address. */
488 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
489 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
491 /* The bits 32-47 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
492 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
493 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
496 /* The bits 48-63 of an address. */
497 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
498 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
500 /* The bits 48-63 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
501 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
502 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
505 /* Like ADDR64, but may be unaligned. */
506 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
507 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
509 /* 64-bit relative relocation. */
510 HOW (R_PPC64_REL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
511 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
513 /* 64-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
514 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
515 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
517 /* 64-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage
519 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL64 not supported. */
520 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
521 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
523 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation. */
524 /* R_PPC64_TOC16 47 half16* S + A - .TOC. */
525 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
526 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
528 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation without overflow. */
529 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_LO 48 half16 #lo (S + A - .TOC.) */
530 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
531 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
533 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits. */
534 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HI 49 half16 #hi (S + A - .TOC.) */
535 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
536 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
538 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits, plus 1 if the
539 contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is
541 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HA 50 half16 #ha (S + A - .TOC.) */
542 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
543 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
),
545 /* 64-bit relocation; insert value of TOC base (.TOC.). */
546 /* R_PPC64_TOC 51 doubleword64 .TOC. */
547 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
548 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
),
550 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but also informs the link editor that the
551 value to relocate may (!) refer to a PLT entry which the link
552 editor (a) may replace with the symbol value. If the link editor
553 is unable to fully resolve the symbol, it may (b) create a PLT
554 entry and store the address to the new PLT entry in the GOT.
555 This permits lazy resolution of function symbols at run time.
556 The link editor may also skip all of this and just (c) emit a
557 R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT to tie the symbol to the GOT entry. */
558 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16 not implemented. */
559 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
,signed,
560 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
562 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but without overflow. */
563 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
564 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
565 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
567 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address. */
568 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI not implemented. */
569 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
570 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
572 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address, plus
573 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
575 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA not implemented. */
576 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
577 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
579 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
580 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
581 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
583 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
584 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
585 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
587 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
588 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
589 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
591 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
592 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
593 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
595 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
596 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
597 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
599 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but for instructions with a DS field. */
600 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
601 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
603 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
604 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
605 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
607 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
608 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
609 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
611 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
612 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
613 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
615 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
616 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS not implemented. */
617 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
618 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
620 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
621 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
622 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
623 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
625 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
626 HOW (R_PPC64_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
627 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
629 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
630 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
632 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
633 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
635 /* Marker reloc for optimizing r2 save in prologue rather than on
636 each plt call stub. */
637 HOW (R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
638 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
640 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
641 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
642 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
644 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
645 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
647 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
648 definition of its TLS sym. */
649 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
650 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
652 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
653 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
654 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
655 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
656 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
659 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
660 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
662 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
663 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
664 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
666 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
667 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
668 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
670 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
671 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
672 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
674 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
675 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
676 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
678 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
679 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
680 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
682 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
683 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
684 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
686 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
687 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
688 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
690 /* Like DTPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
691 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
692 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
694 /* Like DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
695 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
696 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
698 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
699 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
700 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
701 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
703 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
704 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
705 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
707 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
708 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
709 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
711 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
712 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
713 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
715 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
716 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
717 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
719 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
720 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
721 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
723 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
724 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
725 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
727 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
728 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
729 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
731 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
732 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
733 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
735 /* Like TPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
736 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
737 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
739 /* Like TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
740 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
741 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
743 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
744 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
745 to the first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
746 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
747 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
749 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
750 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
751 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
753 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
754 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
755 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
757 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
758 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
759 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
761 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
762 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
763 first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
764 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
765 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
767 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
768 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
769 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
771 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
772 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
773 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
775 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
776 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
777 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
779 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
780 the offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
781 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
782 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
784 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
785 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
786 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
788 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
789 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
790 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
792 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
793 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
794 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
796 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
797 offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
798 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
799 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
801 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
802 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
803 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
805 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
806 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
807 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
809 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
810 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
811 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
813 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
814 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
816 HOW (R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
817 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
819 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
820 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
821 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
823 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
824 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
825 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
827 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
828 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, signed,
829 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
831 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
832 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
833 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, signed,
836 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
837 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
839 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
842 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE
, dont
,
843 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
845 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE
, dont
,
848 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE
, dont
,
849 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
851 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE
, dont
,
854 /* Like R_PPC64_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
855 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE
, signed,
858 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
859 HOW (R_PPC64_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE
, signed,
862 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but no overflow. */
863 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
864 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
866 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but no overflow. */
867 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
870 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
871 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
872 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
874 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
875 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
876 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
878 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
879 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
880 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
882 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
883 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
884 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
886 /* Marker reloc on ELFv2 large-model function entry. */
887 HOW (R_PPC64_ENTRY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
888 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
890 /* Like ADDR64, but use local entry point of function. */
891 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
892 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
894 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
895 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
897 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
898 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
900 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
901 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
903 HOW (R_PPC64_D34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
904 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
906 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_LO
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
907 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
909 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HI30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
910 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
912 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HA30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
913 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
915 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
916 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
918 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
919 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
921 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
922 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
924 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
925 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
927 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
928 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
930 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
931 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
933 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
934 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
936 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
937 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
939 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
940 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
942 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
943 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
945 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
946 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
948 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
951 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE
, dont
,
952 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
954 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE
, dont
,
957 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE
, dont
,
958 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
960 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE
, dont
,
963 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE
, dont
,
964 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
966 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE
, dont
,
969 HOW (R_PPC64_D28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
970 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
972 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
973 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
975 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
976 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
979 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
980 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
985 /* Initialize the ppc64_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can
989 ppc_howto_init (void)
991 unsigned int i
, type
;
993 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
995 type
= ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
996 BFD_ASSERT (type
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
));
997 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1001 static reloc_howto_type
*
1002 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
1003 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
1005 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1007 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1008 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1014 /* xgettext:c-format */
1015 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), abfd
,
1017 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1020 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1022 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR32
;
1024 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR24
;
1026 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16
;
1028 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
;
1030 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
;
1032 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
;
1034 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
1036 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
;
1038 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14
;
1040 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
;
1042 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
;
1044 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
1046 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
1048 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14
;
1050 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
;
1052 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
;
1054 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16
;
1056 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
;
1058 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
;
1060 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
;
1062 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC64_COPY
;
1064 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
;
1066 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL32
;
1068 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT32
;
1070 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL32
;
1072 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
;
1074 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
;
1076 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
;
1078 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF
;
1080 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
;
1082 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
;
1084 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
;
1086 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1088 case BFD_RELOC_64
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1090 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
;
1092 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
;
1094 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
;
1096 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
;
1098 case BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL64
;
1100 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT64
;
1102 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL64
;
1104 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
1106 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
1108 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
;
1110 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
1112 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC
;
1114 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
;
1116 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
;
1118 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
;
1120 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
;
1122 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
;
1124 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
;
1126 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
;
1128 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
;
1130 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
;
1132 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
;
1134 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
;
1136 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
;
1138 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
;
1140 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
;
1142 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
;
1144 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TLS_PCREL
:
1145 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC64_TLS
;
1147 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSGD
;
1149 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSLD
;
1151 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
;
1153 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16
;
1155 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
1157 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
;
1159 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
;
1161 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
1163 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
;
1165 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
1167 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16
;
1169 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
;
1171 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
;
1173 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
;
1175 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
;
1177 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
;
1179 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL64
;
1181 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
;
1183 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
;
1185 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
;
1187 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
;
1189 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
;
1191 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
;
1193 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
;
1195 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
;
1197 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
;
1199 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1201 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
;
1203 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
;
1205 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
;
1207 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1209 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
;
1211 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
;
1213 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
;
1215 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1217 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
;
1219 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1221 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1223 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1225 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
;
1227 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1229 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
;
1231 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1233 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1235 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1237 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16
;
1239 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_LO
;
1241 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HI
;
1243 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HA
;
1245 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
;
1247 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
;
1249 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
;
1251 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
;
1253 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
;
1255 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
;
1257 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_16DX_HA
;
1259 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
;
1261 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_ENTRY
;
1263 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
;
1265 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34
: r
= R_PPC64_D34
;
1267 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_LO
;
1269 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HI30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HI30
;
1271 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HA30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HA30
;
1273 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
1275 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
;
1277 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
;
1279 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
1281 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL34
;
1283 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
;
1285 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
;
1287 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
;
1289 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
;
1291 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
;
1293 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
;
1295 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
;
1297 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
;
1299 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
;
1301 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
;
1303 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
;
1305 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
;
1307 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D28
: r
= R_PPC64_D28
;
1309 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL28
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL28
;
1311 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
;
1313 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
;
1317 return ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r
];
1320 static reloc_howto_type
*
1321 ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1326 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
1327 if (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
1328 && strcasecmp (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
1329 return &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1334 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
1337 ppc64_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*cache_ptr
,
1338 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
1342 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1343 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1346 type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
1347 if (type
>= ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
))
1349 /* xgettext:c-format */
1350 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1352 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1355 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
];
1356 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
|| cache_ptr
->howto
->name
== NULL
)
1358 /* xgettext:c-format */
1359 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1361 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1368 /* Handle the R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA and similar relocs. */
1370 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1371 ppc64_elf_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1372 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1373 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1375 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1377 bfd_size_type octets
;
1380 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1381 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1383 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1384 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1385 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1387 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 (or 34) bits.
1388 We won't actually be using the low bits, so trashing them
1390 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1391 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
1392 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
1393 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
1394 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
)
1395 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
1397 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1U << 15;
1398 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
)
1399 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1402 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1403 value
= symbol
->value
;
1404 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
1405 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1406 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
1407 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
1408 + input_section
->output_offset
1409 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1410 value
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
>> 16;
1412 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1413 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1415 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
1416 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1417 if (value
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
1418 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1419 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1422 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1423 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1424 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1425 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1427 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1428 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1429 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1431 if (strcmp (symbol
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
1432 && (symbol
->section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1434 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (symbol
->section
,
1435 symbol
->value
+ reloc_entry
->addend
,
1437 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
1438 reloc_entry
->addend
= dest
- (symbol
->value
1439 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1440 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
);
1444 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
;
1446 if (symbol
->section
->owner
!= abfd
1447 && symbol
->section
->owner
!= NULL
1448 && abiversion (symbol
->section
->owner
) >= 2)
1452 for (i
= 0; i
< symbol
->section
->owner
->symcount
; ++i
)
1454 asymbol
*symdef
= symbol
->section
->owner
->outsymbols
[i
];
1456 if (strcmp (symdef
->name
, symbol
->name
) == 0)
1458 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symdef
;
1464 += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
1466 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1469 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1470 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1471 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1472 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1475 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1476 bfd_size_type octets
;
1477 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
1478 bfd_boolean is_isa_v2
= TRUE
;
1480 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1481 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1483 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1484 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1485 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1487 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1488 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1489 insn
&= ~(0x01 << 21);
1490 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1491 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
1492 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
1493 insn
|= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
1497 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
1498 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
1499 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
1500 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
1502 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
1512 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1513 target
= symbol
->value
;
1514 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1515 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1516 target
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1518 from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1519 + input_section
->output_offset
1520 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1522 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
1523 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (target
- from
) < 0)
1526 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1528 return ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1529 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1532 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1533 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1534 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1535 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1537 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1538 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1540 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1541 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1542 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1544 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1545 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1546 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1549 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1550 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1551 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1552 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1554 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1555 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1557 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1558 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1559 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1561 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1562 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1564 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1565 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1566 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1569 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1570 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1571 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1572 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1576 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1577 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1579 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1580 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1581 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1583 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1585 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1587 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1588 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1589 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1592 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1593 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1594 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1595 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1599 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1600 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1602 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1603 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1604 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1606 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1608 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1610 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1611 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1613 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1614 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1615 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1618 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1619 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1620 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1621 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1624 bfd_size_type octets
;
1626 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1627 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1629 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1630 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1631 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1633 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1635 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1637 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1638 bfd_put_64 (abfd
, TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1639 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1642 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1643 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1644 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1645 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1650 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1651 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1652 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1654 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1656 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
+ 4);
1658 targ
= (symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1659 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1660 + reloc_entry
->addend
);
1661 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1662 targ
+= symbol
->value
;
1663 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->type
== R_PPC64_D34_HA30
)
1665 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1667 bfd_vma from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1668 + input_section
->output_offset
1669 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1672 targ
>>= reloc_entry
->howto
->rightshift
;
1673 insn
&= ~reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1674 insn
|= ((targ
<< 16) | (targ
& 0xffff)) & reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1675 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1676 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
+ 4);
1677 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
1678 && (targ
+ (1ULL << (reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
- 1))
1679 >= 1ULL << reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
))
1680 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1681 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1684 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1685 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1686 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1687 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1689 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1690 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1692 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1693 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1694 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1696 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
1698 static char buf
[60];
1699 sprintf (buf
, "generic linker can't handle %s",
1700 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
1701 *error_message
= buf
;
1703 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1706 /* Track GOT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
1707 than one got entry per symbol. */
1710 struct got_entry
*next
;
1712 /* The symbol addend that we'll be placing in the GOT. */
1715 /* Unlike other ELF targets, we use separate GOT entries for the same
1716 symbol referenced from different input files. This is to support
1717 automatic multiple TOC/GOT sections, where the TOC base can vary
1718 from one input file to another. After partitioning into TOC groups
1719 we merge entries within the group.
1721 Point to the BFD owning this GOT entry. */
1724 /* Zero for non-tls entries, or TLS_TLS and one of TLS_GD, TLS_LD,
1725 TLS_TPREL or TLS_DTPREL for tls entries. */
1726 unsigned char tls_type
;
1728 /* Non-zero if got.ent points to real entry. */
1729 unsigned char is_indirect
;
1731 /* Reference count until size_dynamic_sections, GOT offset thereafter. */
1734 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1736 struct got_entry
*ent
;
1740 /* The same for PLT. */
1743 struct plt_entry
*next
;
1749 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1754 struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
1756 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1758 /* Shortcuts to dynamic linker sections. */
1762 /* Used during garbage collection. We attach global symbols defined
1763 on removed .opd entries to this section so that the sym is removed. */
1764 asection
*deleted_section
;
1766 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. Support for multiple GOT
1767 sections means we potentially need one of these for each input bfd. */
1768 struct got_entry tlsld_got
;
1772 /* A copy of relocs before they are modified for --emit-relocs. */
1773 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
1775 /* Section contents. */
1779 /* Nonzero if this bfd has small toc/got relocs, ie. that expect
1780 the reloc to be in the range -32768 to 32767. */
1781 unsigned int has_small_toc_reloc
: 1;
1783 /* Set if toc/got ha relocs detected not using r2, or lo reloc
1784 instruction not one we handle. */
1785 unsigned int unexpected_toc_insn
: 1;
1787 /* Set if PLT/GOT/TOC relocs that can be optimised are present in
1789 unsigned int has_optrel
: 1;
1792 #define ppc64_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1793 ((struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1795 #define ppc64_tlsld_got(bfd) \
1796 (&ppc64_elf_tdata (bfd)->tlsld_got)
1798 #define is_ppc64_elf(bfd) \
1799 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1800 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC64_ELF_DATA)
1802 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1805 ppc64_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1807 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
),
1811 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 64 bit input bfd when the
1812 default is 32 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1815 ppc64_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1817 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1820 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32)
1822 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1824 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
1826 /* Relies on arch after 32 bit default being 64 bit default. */
1827 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1828 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64);
1831 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1834 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1837 ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1839 size_t offset
, size
;
1841 if (note
->descsz
!= 504)
1845 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1848 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32);
1854 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1855 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1856 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1860 ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1862 if (note
->descsz
!= 136)
1865 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1866 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1867 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1868 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 40, 16);
1869 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1870 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 56, 80);
1876 ppc64_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
,
1886 char data
[136] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1889 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1890 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1891 strncpy (data
+ 40, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1892 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1894 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1895 -Wstringop-truncation:
1896 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1898 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1900 strncpy (data
+ 56, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1901 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1905 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1906 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1917 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1918 memset (data
, 0, 112);
1919 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1920 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 32);
1921 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1922 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1923 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1924 memcpy (data
+ 112, greg
, 384);
1925 memset (data
+ 496, 0, 8);
1927 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1928 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1933 /* Add extra PPC sections. */
1935 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc64_elf_special_sections
[] =
1937 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, 0 },
1938 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1939 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1940 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1941 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1942 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tocbss"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1943 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1946 enum _ppc64_sec_type
{
1952 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
1954 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
1958 /* An array with one entry for each opd function descriptor,
1959 and some spares since opd entries may be either 16 or 24 bytes. */
1960 #define OPD_NDX(OFF) ((OFF) >> 4)
1961 struct _opd_sec_data
1963 /* Points to the function code section for local opd entries. */
1964 asection
**func_sec
;
1966 /* After editing .opd, adjust references to opd local syms. */
1970 /* An array for toc sections, indexed by offset/8. */
1971 struct _toc_sec_data
1973 /* Specifies the relocation symbol index used at a given toc offset. */
1976 /* And the relocation addend. */
1981 enum _ppc64_sec_type sec_type
:2;
1983 /* Flag set when small branches are detected. Used to
1984 select suitable defaults for the stub group size. */
1985 unsigned int has_14bit_branch
:1;
1987 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
1988 unsigned int has_pltcall
:1;
1990 /* Flag set when section has PLT/GOT/TOC relocations that can be
1992 unsigned int has_optrel
:1;
1995 #define ppc64_elf_section_data(sec) \
1996 ((struct _ppc64_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
1999 ppc64_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2001 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
2003 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2004 size_t amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
2006 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2009 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2012 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2016 ppc64_elf_section_flags (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
2018 const char *name
= hdr
->bfd_section
->name
;
2020 if (strncmp (name
, ".sbss", 5) == 0
2021 || strncmp (name
, ".sdata", 6) == 0)
2022 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
2027 static struct _opd_sec_data
*
2028 get_opd_info (asection
* sec
)
2031 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) != NULL
2032 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
)
2033 return &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
2037 /* Parameters for the qsort hook. */
2038 static bfd_boolean synthetic_relocatable
;
2039 static asection
*synthetic_opd
;
2041 /* qsort comparison function for ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab. */
2044 compare_symbols (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
2046 const asymbol
*a
= *(const asymbol
**) ap
;
2047 const asymbol
*b
= *(const asymbol
**) bp
;
2049 /* Section symbols first. */
2050 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && !(b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2052 if (!(a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && (b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2055 /* then .opd symbols. */
2056 if (synthetic_opd
!= NULL
)
2058 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
2059 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2061 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0
2062 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2066 /* then other code symbols. */
2067 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2068 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2069 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2070 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2073 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2074 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2075 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2076 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2079 if (synthetic_relocatable
)
2081 if (a
->section
->id
< b
->section
->id
)
2084 if (a
->section
->id
> b
->section
->id
)
2088 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
< b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2091 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
> b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2094 /* For syms with the same value, prefer strong dynamic global function
2095 syms over other syms. */
2096 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0)
2099 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0)
2102 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0)
2105 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
2108 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0)
2111 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0)
2114 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0)
2117 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
2120 /* Finally, sort on where the symbol is in memory. The symbols will
2121 be in at most two malloc'd blocks, one for static syms, one for
2122 dynamic syms, and we distinguish the two blocks above by testing
2123 BSF_DYNAMIC. Since we are sorting the symbol pointers which were
2124 originally in the same order as the symbols (and we're not
2125 sorting the symbols themselves), this ensures a stable sort. */
2133 /* Search SYMS for a symbol of the given VALUE. */
2136 sym_exists_at (asymbol
**syms
, size_t lo
, size_t hi
, unsigned int id
,
2141 if (id
== (unsigned) -1)
2145 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2146 if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< value
)
2148 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> value
)
2158 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2159 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
< id
)
2161 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
> id
)
2163 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
< value
)
2165 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
> value
)
2175 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
2177 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
2178 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2179 && section
->vma
<= vma
2180 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
2183 /* Create synthetic symbols, effectively restoring "dot-symbol" function
2184 entry syms. Also generate @plt symbols for the glink branch table.
2185 Returns count of synthetic symbols in RET or -1 on error. */
2188 ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
2189 long static_count
, asymbol
**static_syms
,
2190 long dyn_count
, asymbol
**dyn_syms
,
2196 size_t symcount
, codesecsym
, codesecsymend
, secsymend
, opdsymend
;
2197 asection
*opd
= NULL
;
2198 bfd_boolean relocatable
= (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0;
2200 int abi
= abiversion (abfd
);
2206 opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".opd");
2207 if (opd
== NULL
&& abi
== 1)
2219 symcount
= static_count
;
2221 symcount
+= dyn_count
;
2225 syms
= bfd_malloc ((symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2229 if (!relocatable
&& static_count
!= 0 && dyn_count
!= 0)
2231 /* Use both symbol tables. */
2232 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, static_count
* sizeof (*syms
));
2233 memcpy (syms
+ static_count
, dyn_syms
,
2234 (dyn_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2236 else if (!relocatable
&& static_count
== 0)
2237 memcpy (syms
, dyn_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2239 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2241 /* Trim uninteresting symbols. Interesting symbols are section,
2242 function, and notype symbols. */
2243 for (i
= 0, j
= 0; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2244 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& (BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
| BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
2245 | BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) == 0)
2246 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2249 synthetic_relocatable
= relocatable
;
2250 synthetic_opd
= opd
;
2251 qsort (syms
, symcount
, sizeof (*syms
), compare_symbols
);
2253 if (!relocatable
&& symcount
> 1)
2255 /* Trim duplicate syms, since we may have merged the normal
2256 and dynamic symbols. Actually, we only care about syms
2257 that have different values, so trim any with the same
2258 value. Don't consider ifunc and ifunc resolver symbols
2259 duplicates however, because GDB wants to know whether a
2260 text symbol is an ifunc resolver. */
2261 for (i
= 1, j
= 1; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2263 const asymbol
*s0
= syms
[i
- 1];
2264 const asymbol
*s1
= syms
[i
];
2266 if ((s0
->value
+ s0
->section
->vma
2267 != s1
->value
+ s1
->section
->vma
)
2268 || ((s0
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)
2269 != (s1
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)))
2270 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2276 /* Note that here and in compare_symbols we can't compare opd and
2277 sym->section directly. With separate debug info files, the
2278 symbols will be extracted from the debug file while abfd passed
2279 to this function is the real binary. */
2280 if (strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2284 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2285 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
2286 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2287 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2288 || (syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2292 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2293 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2297 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2298 if (strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2302 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2303 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
2304 & (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
2305 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2313 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
2318 if (opdsymend
== secsymend
)
2321 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2322 relcount
= (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) ? opd
->reloc_count
: 0;
2326 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, opd
, static_syms
, FALSE
))
2333 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2337 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2338 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2341 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2344 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2347 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2350 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2351 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2352 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2355 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2356 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2362 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2369 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
2371 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2375 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2376 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2379 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2382 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2385 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2388 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2389 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2390 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2395 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2396 s
->section
= sym
->section
;
2397 s
->value
= sym
->value
+ r
->addend
;
2400 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2401 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2403 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2404 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2405 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2412 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
2413 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
2415 size_t plt_count
= 0;
2416 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0, resolv_vma
= 0;
2417 asection
*dynamic
, *glink
= NULL
, *relplt
= NULL
;
2420 if (opd
!= NULL
&& !bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, opd
, &contents
))
2422 free_contents_and_exit_err
:
2424 free_contents_and_exit
:
2430 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2434 /* Ignore bogus symbols. */
2435 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2438 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2439 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2442 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2443 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2447 /* Get start of .glink stubs from DT_PPC64_GLINK. */
2449 && (dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
2451 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
2453 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
2455 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
2456 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2458 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2459 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
2462 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
2463 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
2465 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2466 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
2468 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
2471 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC64_GLINK
)
2473 /* The first glink stub starts at DT_PPC64_GLINK plus 32.
2474 See comment in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections. */
2475 glink_vma
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+ 8 * 4;
2476 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
2477 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
2478 glink stubs now reside. */
2479 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
,
2490 /* Determine __glink trampoline by reading the relative branch
2491 from the first glink stub. */
2493 unsigned int off
= 0;
2495 while (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
2496 glink_vma
+ off
- glink
->vma
, 4))
2498 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
2500 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
2503 = glink_vma
+ off
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
2512 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2514 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
2517 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2518 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dyn_syms
, TRUE
))
2519 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2521 plt_count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
2522 size
+= plt_count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
2524 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2525 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2527 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
2529 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 16;
2535 goto free_contents_and_exit
;
2536 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2538 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2540 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ plt_count
+ (resolv_vma
!= 0));
2542 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2546 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2549 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2550 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2554 asection
*sec
= abfd
->sections
;
2561 size_t mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2562 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< ent
)
2564 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> ent
)
2568 sec
= syms
[mid
]->section
;
2573 if (lo
>= hi
&& lo
> codesecsym
)
2574 sec
= syms
[lo
- 1]->section
;
2576 for (; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2580 /* SEC_LOAD may not be set if SEC is from a separate debug
2582 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
2584 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2587 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2588 s
->value
= ent
- s
->section
->vma
;
2591 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2592 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2594 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2595 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2596 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2602 if (glink
!= NULL
&& relplt
!= NULL
)
2606 /* Add a symbol for the main glink trampoline. */
2607 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2609 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2611 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2613 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
2614 sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2615 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2620 /* FIXME: It would be very much nicer to put sym@plt on the
2621 stub rather than on the glink branch table entry. The
2622 objdump disassembler would then use a sensible symbol
2623 name on plt calls. The difficulty in doing so is
2624 a) finding the stubs, and,
2625 b) matching stubs against plt entries, and,
2626 c) there can be multiple stubs for a given plt entry.
2628 Solving (a) could be done by code scanning, but older
2629 ppc64 binaries used different stubs to current code.
2630 (b) is the tricky one since you need to known the toc
2631 pointer for at least one function that uses a pic stub to
2632 be able to calculate the plt address referenced.
2633 (c) means gdb would need to set multiple breakpoints (or
2634 find the glink branch itself) when setting breakpoints
2635 for pending shared library loads. */
2636 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2637 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2641 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2642 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
2643 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
2644 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
2645 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
2646 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2648 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2651 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
2652 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
2656 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
2657 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
2658 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
2659 names
+= strlen (names
);
2661 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
2662 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
2682 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2683 functions above are used generally. Those named ppc64_elf_* are
2684 called by the main ELF linker code. They appear in this file more
2685 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2686 ppc64_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2687 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2690 PowerPC64-ELF uses a similar scheme to PowerPC64-XCOFF in that
2691 functions have both a function code symbol and a function descriptor
2692 symbol. A call to foo in a relocatable object file looks like:
2699 The function definition in another object file might be:
2703 . .quad .TOC.@tocbase
2709 When the linker resolves the call during a static link, the branch
2710 unsurprisingly just goes to .foo and the .opd information is unused.
2711 If the function definition is in a shared library, things are a little
2712 different: The call goes via a plt call stub, the opd information gets
2713 copied to the plt, and the linker patches the nop.
2721 . std 2,40(1) # in practice, the call stub
2722 . addis 11,2,Lfoo@toc@ha # is slightly optimized, but
2723 . addi 11,11,Lfoo@toc@l # this is the general idea
2731 . Lfoo: reloc (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT, foo)
2733 The "reloc ()" notation is supposed to indicate that the linker emits
2734 an R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT reloc against foo. The dynamic linker does the opd
2737 What are the difficulties here? Well, firstly, the relocations
2738 examined by the linker in check_relocs are against the function code
2739 sym .foo, while the dynamic relocation in the plt is emitted against
2740 the function descriptor symbol, foo. Somewhere along the line, we need
2741 to carefully copy dynamic link information from one symbol to the other.
2742 Secondly, the generic part of the elf linker will make .foo a dynamic
2743 symbol as is normal for most other backends. We need foo dynamic
2744 instead, at least for an application final link. However, when
2745 creating a shared library containing foo, we need to have both symbols
2746 dynamic so that references to .foo are satisfied during the early
2747 stages of linking. Otherwise the linker might decide to pull in a
2748 definition from some other object, eg. a static library.
2750 Update: As of August 2004, we support a new convention. Function
2751 calls may use the function descriptor symbol, ie. "bl foo". This
2752 behaves exactly as "bl .foo". */
2754 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2755 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2756 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2759 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2760 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
2765 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2766 address isn't fixed. DTPREL64 is excluded because the
2767 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2768 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC64_OPT_TLS is set. */
2775 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
2776 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
2777 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
2778 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
2779 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
2782 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
2783 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
2784 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
2785 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
2786 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
2787 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
2788 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
2789 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
2790 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
2791 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
2792 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
2793 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
2794 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
2795 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
2796 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2797 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2798 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2802 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2803 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's .dynbss
2804 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2805 shared lib. With code that gcc generates it is vital that this be
2806 enabled; In the PowerPC64 ELFv1 ABI the address of a function is
2807 actually the address of a function descriptor which resides in the
2808 .opd section. gcc uses the descriptor directly rather than going
2809 via the GOT as some other ABIs do, which means that initialized
2810 function pointers reference the descriptor. Thus, a function
2811 pointer initialized to the address of a function in a shared
2812 library will either require a .dynbss copy and a copy reloc, or a
2813 dynamic reloc. Using a .dynbss copy redefines the function
2814 descriptor symbol to point to the copy. This presents a problem as
2815 a PLT entry for that function is also initialized from the function
2816 descriptor symbol and the copy may not be initialized first. */
2817 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2819 /* Section name for stubs is the associated section name plus this
2821 #define STUB_SUFFIX ".stub"
2824 ppc_stub_long_branch:
2825 Used when a 14 bit branch (or even a 24 bit branch) can't reach its
2826 destination, but a 24 bit branch in a stub section will reach.
2829 ppc_stub_plt_branch:
2830 Similar to the above, but a 24 bit branch in the stub section won't
2831 reach its destination.
2832 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2833 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2838 Used to call a function in a shared library. If it so happens that
2839 the plt entry referenced crosses a 64k boundary, then an extra
2840 "addi %r11,%r11,xxx@toc@l" will be inserted before the "mtctr".
2841 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save starts with "std %r2,40(%r1)".
2842 . addis %r11,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2843 . ld %r12,xxx+0@toc@l(%r11)
2845 . ld %r2,xxx+8@toc@l(%r11)
2846 . ld %r11,xxx+16@toc@l(%r11)
2849 ppc_stub_long_branch and ppc_stub_plt_branch may also have additional
2850 code to adjust the value and save r2 to support multiple toc sections.
2851 A ppc_stub_long_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2853 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2854 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2857 A ppc_stub_plt_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2859 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2860 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2861 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2862 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2866 All of the above stubs are shown as their ELFv1 variants. ELFv2
2867 variants exist too, simpler for plt calls since a new toc pointer
2868 and static chain are not loaded by the stub. In addition, ELFv2
2869 has some more complex stubs to handle calls marked with NOTOC
2870 relocs from functions where r2 is not a valid toc pointer. These
2871 come in two flavours, the ones shown below, and _both variants that
2872 start with "std %r2,24(%r1)" to save r2 in the unlikely event that
2873 one call is from a function where r2 is used as the toc pointer but
2874 needs a toc adjusting stub for small-model multi-toc, and another
2875 call is from a function where r2 is not valid.
2876 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2882 . addis %r12,%r11,dest-1b@ha
2883 . addi %r12,%r12,dest-1b@l
2886 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2892 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2893 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2895 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2896 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2897 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2901 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2907 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2908 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2910 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2911 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2912 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2916 There are also ELFv1 power10 variants of these stubs.
2917 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2918 . pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2920 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2921 . lis %r11,(dest-1f)@highesta34
2922 . ori %r11,%r11,(dest-1f)@highera34
2924 . 1: pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2925 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2928 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2929 . lis %r11,(xxx-1f)@highesta34
2930 . ori %r11,%r11,(xxx-1f)@highera34
2932 . 1: pla %r12,xxx@pcrel
2933 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2937 In cases where the high instructions would add zero, they are
2938 omitted and following instructions modified in some cases.
2939 For example, a power10 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc might simplify down
2941 . pld %r12,xxx@pcrel
2945 For a given stub group (a set of sections all using the same toc
2946 pointer value) there will be just one stub type used for any
2947 particular function symbol. For example, if printf is called from
2948 code with the tocsave optimization (ie. r2 saved in function
2949 prologue) and therefore calls use a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub,
2950 and from other code without the tocsave optimization requiring a
2951 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save linkage stub, a single stub of the latter
2952 type will be created. Calls with the tocsave optimization will
2953 enter this stub after the instruction saving r2. A similar
2954 situation exists when calls are marked with R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
2955 relocations. These require a ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub
2956 to call an external function like printf. If other calls to printf
2957 require a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub then a single
2958 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub will be used for both types of
2959 call. If other calls to printf require a ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
2960 linkage stub then a single ppc_stub_plt_call_both linkage stub will
2961 be created and calls not requiring r2 to be saved will enter the
2962 stub after the r2 save instruction. There is an analogous
2963 hierarchy of long branch and plt branch stubs for local call
2969 ppc_stub_long_branch
,
2970 ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
,
2971 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
,
2972 ppc_stub_long_branch_both
, /* r2off and notoc variants both needed. */
2973 ppc_stub_plt_branch
,
2974 ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
,
2975 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
,
2976 ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
,
2978 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
,
2979 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
,
2980 ppc_stub_plt_call_both
,
2981 ppc_stub_global_entry
,
2985 /* Information on stub grouping. */
2988 /* The stub section. */
2990 /* This is the section to which stubs in the group will be attached. */
2993 struct map_stub
*next
;
2994 /* Whether to emit a copy of register save/restore functions in this
2997 /* Current offset within stubs after the insn restoring lr in a
2998 _notoc or _both stub using bcl for pc-relative addressing, or
2999 after the insn restoring lr in a __tls_get_addr_opt plt stub. */
3000 unsigned int lr_restore
;
3001 /* Accumulated size of EH info emitted to describe return address
3002 if stubs modify lr. Does not include 17 byte FDE header. */
3003 unsigned int eh_size
;
3004 /* Offset in glink_eh_frame to the start of EH info for this group. */
3005 unsigned int eh_base
;
3008 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
3010 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3011 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3013 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
3015 /* Group information. */
3016 struct map_stub
*group
;
3018 /* Offset within stub_sec of the beginning of this stub. */
3019 bfd_vma stub_offset
;
3021 /* Given the symbol's value and its section we can determine its final
3022 value when building the stubs (so the stub knows where to jump. */
3023 bfd_vma target_value
;
3024 asection
*target_section
;
3026 /* The symbol table entry, if any, that this was derived from. */
3027 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3028 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
3031 unsigned char symtype
;
3033 /* Symbol st_other. */
3034 unsigned char other
;
3037 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
3039 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3040 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3042 /* Offset within branch lookup table. */
3043 unsigned int offset
;
3045 /* Generation marker. */
3049 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
3050 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
3052 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
3054 /* The input section of the reloc. */
3057 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
3058 unsigned int count
: 31;
3060 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
3061 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
3064 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
3066 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
3070 /* A pointer to the most recently used stub hash entry against this
3072 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_cache
;
3074 /* A pointer to the next symbol starting with a '.' */
3075 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*next_dot_sym
;
3078 /* Link between function code and descriptor symbols. */
3079 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*oh
;
3081 /* Flag function code and descriptor symbols. */
3082 unsigned int is_func
:1;
3083 unsigned int is_func_descriptor
:1;
3084 unsigned int fake
:1;
3086 /* Whether global opd/toc sym has been adjusted or not.
3087 After ppc64_elf_edit_opd/ppc64_elf_edit_toc has run, this flag
3088 should be set for all globals defined in any opd/toc section. */
3089 unsigned int adjust_done
:1;
3091 /* Set if this is an out-of-line register save/restore function,
3092 with non-standard calling convention. */
3093 unsigned int save_res
:1;
3095 /* Set if a duplicate symbol with non-zero localentry is detected,
3096 even when the duplicate symbol does not provide a definition. */
3097 unsigned int non_zero_localentry
:1;
3099 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT (or TOC).
3100 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
3101 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
3102 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
3103 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
3104 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
3105 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
3106 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
3107 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
3108 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
3109 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
3110 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
3111 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
3112 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
3113 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
3114 #define TLS_EXPLICIT 256 /* TOC section TLS reloc, not stored. */
3115 unsigned char tls_mask
;
3117 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
3118 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
3119 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
3120 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
3121 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
3124 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3125 ppc_elf_hash_entry (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ent
)
3127 return (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) ent
;
3130 /* ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3132 struct ppc_link_hash_table
3134 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
3136 /* The stub hash table. */
3137 struct bfd_hash_table stub_hash_table
;
3139 /* Another hash table for plt_branch stubs. */
3140 struct bfd_hash_table branch_hash_table
;
3142 /* Hash table for function prologue tocsave. */
3143 htab_t tocsave_htab
;
3145 /* Various options and other info passed from the linker. */
3146 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
;
3148 /* The size of sec_info below. */
3149 unsigned int sec_info_arr_size
;
3151 /* Per-section array of extra section info. Done this way rather
3152 than as part of ppc64_elf_section_data so we have the info for
3153 non-ppc64 sections. */
3156 /* Along with elf_gp, specifies the TOC pointer used by this section. */
3161 /* The section group that this section belongs to. */
3162 struct map_stub
*group
;
3163 /* A temp section list pointer. */
3168 /* Linked list of groups. */
3169 struct map_stub
*group
;
3171 /* Temp used when calculating TOC pointers. */
3174 asection
*toc_first_sec
;
3176 /* Used when adding symbols. */
3177 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*dot_syms
;
3179 /* Shortcuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
3181 asection
*global_entry
;
3184 asection
*relpltlocal
;
3187 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
3189 /* Shortcut to .__tls_get_addr and __tls_get_addr. */
3190 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
3191 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr_fd
;
3192 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc
;
3193 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc_fd
;
3194 struct map_stub
*tga_group
;
3196 /* The size of reliplt used by got entry relocs. */
3197 bfd_size_type got_reli_size
;
3200 unsigned long stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
];
3202 /* Number of stubs against global syms. */
3203 unsigned long stub_globals
;
3205 /* Set if we're linking code with function descriptors. */
3206 unsigned int opd_abi
:1;
3208 /* Support for multiple toc sections. */
3209 unsigned int do_multi_toc
:1;
3210 unsigned int multi_toc_needed
:1;
3211 unsigned int second_toc_pass
:1;
3212 unsigned int do_toc_opt
:1;
3214 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
3215 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
3217 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
3218 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
3221 unsigned int stub_error
:1;
3223 /* Whether func_desc_adjust needs to be run over symbols. */
3224 unsigned int need_func_desc_adj
:1;
3226 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
3227 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
3228 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
3229 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
3231 /* Whether plt calls for ELFv2 localentry:0 funcs have been optimized. */
3232 unsigned int has_plt_localentry0
:1;
3234 /* Whether calls are made via the PLT from NOTOC functions. */
3235 unsigned int notoc_plt
:1;
3237 /* Whether to use power10 instructions in linkage stubs. */
3238 unsigned int power10_stubs
:1;
3240 /* Incremented every time we size stubs. */
3241 unsigned int stub_iteration
;
3243 /* Small local sym cache. */
3244 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
3247 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
3250 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
3251 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
3253 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
3255 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
3257 /* Nonzero if this section has any toc or got relocs. */
3258 #define has_toc_reloc sec_flg2
3260 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to another section that uses
3262 #define makes_toc_func_call sec_flg3
3264 /* Recursion protection when determining above flag. */
3265 #define call_check_in_progress sec_flg4
3266 #define call_check_done sec_flg5
3268 /* Get the ppc64 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
3270 #define ppc_hash_table(p) \
3271 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
3272 == PPC64_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
3274 #define ppc_stub_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3275 ((struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *) \
3276 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3278 #define ppc_branch_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3279 ((struct ppc_branch_hash_entry *) \
3280 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3282 /* Create an entry in the stub hash table. */
3284 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3285 stub_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3286 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3289 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3293 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
));
3298 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3299 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3302 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*eh
;
3304 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3305 eh
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3306 eh
->stub_type
= ppc_stub_none
;
3308 eh
->stub_offset
= 0;
3309 eh
->target_value
= 0;
3310 eh
->target_section
= NULL
;
3319 /* Create an entry in the branch hash table. */
3321 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3322 branch_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3323 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3326 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3330 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
));
3335 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3336 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3339 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*eh
;
3341 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3342 eh
= (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3350 /* Create an entry in a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3352 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3353 link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3354 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3357 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3361 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
));
3366 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3367 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3370 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3372 memset (&eh
->u
.stub_cache
, 0,
3373 (sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
)
3374 - offsetof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
, u
.stub_cache
)));
3376 /* When making function calls, old ABI code references function entry
3377 points (dot symbols), while new ABI code references the function
3378 descriptor symbol. We need to make any combination of reference and
3379 definition work together, without breaking archive linking.
3381 For a defined function "foo" and an undefined call to "bar":
3382 An old object defines "foo" and ".foo", references ".bar" (possibly
3384 A new object defines "foo" and references "bar".
3386 A new object thus has no problem with its undefined symbols being
3387 satisfied by definitions in an old object. On the other hand, the
3388 old object won't have ".bar" satisfied by a new object.
3390 Keep a list of newly added dot-symbols. */
3392 if (string
[0] == '.')
3394 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3396 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) table
;
3397 eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
= htab
->dot_syms
;
3398 htab
->dot_syms
= eh
;
3405 struct tocsave_entry
3412 tocsave_htab_hash (const void *p
)
3414 const struct tocsave_entry
*e
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p
;
3415 return ((bfd_vma
) (intptr_t) e
->sec
^ e
->offset
) >> 3;
3419 tocsave_htab_eq (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3421 const struct tocsave_entry
*e1
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p1
;
3422 const struct tocsave_entry
*e2
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p2
;
3423 return e1
->sec
== e2
->sec
&& e1
->offset
== e2
->offset
;
3426 /* Destroy a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3429 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
3431 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3433 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
3434 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
)
3435 htab_delete (htab
->tocsave_htab
);
3436 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->branch_hash_table
);
3437 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3438 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
3441 /* Create a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3443 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
3444 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
3446 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3447 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_table
);
3449 htab
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
3453 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&htab
->elf
, abfd
, link_hash_newfunc
,
3454 sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
),
3461 /* Init the stub hash table too. */
3462 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_hash_newfunc
,
3463 sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
)))
3465 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3469 /* And the branch hash table. */
3470 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->branch_hash_table
, branch_hash_newfunc
,
3471 sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
)))
3473 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3474 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3478 htab
->tocsave_htab
= htab_try_create (1024,
3482 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
== NULL
)
3484 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3487 htab
->elf
.root
.hash_table_free
= ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
3489 /* Initializing two fields of the union is just cosmetic. We really
3490 only care about glist, but when compiled on a 32-bit host the
3491 bfd_vma fields are larger. Setting the bfd_vma to zero makes
3492 debugger inspection of these fields look nicer. */
3493 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3494 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3495 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3496 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3497 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.offset
= 0;
3498 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3499 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
3500 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3502 return &htab
->elf
.root
;
3505 /* Create sections for linker generated code. */
3508 create_linkage_sections (bfd
*dynobj
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3510 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3513 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3515 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
3516 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3517 if (htab
->params
->save_restore_funcs
)
3519 /* Create .sfpr for code to save and restore fp regs. */
3520 htab
->sfpr
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".sfpr",
3522 if (htab
->sfpr
== NULL
3523 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->sfpr
, 2))
3527 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3530 /* Create .glink for lazy dynamic linking support. */
3531 htab
->glink
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3533 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
3534 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 3))
3537 /* The part of .glink used by global entry stubs, separate so that
3538 it can be aligned appropriately without affecting htab->glink. */
3539 htab
->global_entry
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3541 if (htab
->global_entry
== NULL
3542 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->global_entry
, 2))
3545 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
3547 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
3548 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3549 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
,
3552 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
3553 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink_eh_frame
, 2))
3557 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
3558 htab
->elf
.iplt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".iplt", flags
);
3559 if (htab
->elf
.iplt
== NULL
3560 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.iplt
, 3))
3563 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3564 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3566 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
3567 if (htab
->elf
.irelplt
== NULL
3568 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.irelplt
, 3))
3571 /* Create branch lookup table for plt_branch stubs. */
3572 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
3573 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3574 htab
->brlt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3576 if (htab
->brlt
== NULL
3577 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->brlt
, 3))
3580 /* Local plt entries, put in .branch_lt but a separate section for
3582 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3584 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
3585 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 3))
3588 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
3591 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3592 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3594 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3595 if (htab
->relbrlt
== NULL
3596 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relbrlt
, 3))
3600 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3601 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
3602 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 3))
3608 /* Satisfy the ELF linker by filling in some fields in our fake bfd. */
3611 ppc64_elf_init_stub_bfd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3612 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
)
3614 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3616 elf_elfheader (params
->stub_bfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = ELFCLASS64
;
3618 /* Always hook our dynamic sections into the first bfd, which is the
3619 linker created stub bfd. This ensures that the GOT header is at
3620 the start of the output TOC section. */
3621 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3622 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= params
->stub_bfd
;
3623 htab
->params
= params
;
3625 return create_linkage_sections (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
);
3628 /* Build a name for an entry in the stub hash table. */
3631 ppc_stub_name (const asection
*input_section
,
3632 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3633 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3634 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
3639 /* rel->r_addend is actually 64 bit, but who uses more than +/- 2^31
3640 offsets from a sym as a branch target? In fact, we could
3641 probably assume the addend is always zero. */
3642 BFD_ASSERT (((int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff) == rel
->r_addend
);
3646 len
= 8 + 1 + strlen (h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
) + 1 + 8 + 1;
3647 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3648 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3651 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%s+%x",
3652 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3653 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
,
3654 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3658 len
= 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1;
3659 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3660 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3663 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%x:%x+%x",
3664 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3665 sym_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3666 (int) ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
) & 0xffffffff,
3667 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3669 if (len
> 2 && stub_name
[len
- 2] == '+' && stub_name
[len
- 1] == '0')
3670 stub_name
[len
- 2] = 0;
3674 /* Look up an entry in the stub hash. Stub entries are cached because
3675 creating the stub name takes a bit of time. */
3677 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3678 ppc_get_stub_entry (const asection
*input_section
,
3679 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3680 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3681 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
3682 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
3684 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3685 struct map_stub
*group
;
3687 /* If this input section is part of a group of sections sharing one
3688 stub section, then use the id of the first section in the group.
3689 Stub names need to include a section id, as there may well be
3690 more than one stub used to reach say, printf, and we need to
3691 distinguish between them. */
3692 group
= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].u
.group
;
3696 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->u
.stub_cache
!= NULL
3697 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->h
== h
3698 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->group
== group
)
3700 stub_entry
= h
->u
.stub_cache
;
3706 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (group
->link_sec
, sym_sec
, h
, rel
);
3707 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3710 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
3711 stub_name
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
3713 h
->u
.stub_cache
= stub_entry
;
3721 /* Add a new stub entry to the stub hash. Not all fields of the new
3722 stub entry are initialised. */
3724 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3725 ppc_add_stub (const char *stub_name
,
3727 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3729 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3730 struct map_stub
*group
;
3733 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3735 group
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
;
3736 link_sec
= group
->link_sec
;
3737 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
3738 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3744 namelen
= strlen (link_sec
->name
);
3745 len
= namelen
+ sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
);
3746 s_name
= bfd_alloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, len
);
3750 memcpy (s_name
, link_sec
->name
, namelen
);
3751 memcpy (s_name
+ namelen
, STUB_SUFFIX
, sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
));
3752 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (s_name
, link_sec
);
3753 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3755 group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
3758 /* Enter this entry into the linker stub hash table. */
3759 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_name
,
3761 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
3763 /* xgettext:c-format */
3764 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"),
3765 section
->owner
, stub_name
);
3769 stub_entry
->group
= group
;
3770 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= 0;
3774 /* Create .got and .rela.got sections in ABFD, and .got in dynobj if
3775 not already done. */
3778 create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3780 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
3782 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3784 if (!is_ppc64_elf (abfd
))
3790 && !_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3793 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3794 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3796 got
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
3798 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (got
, 3))
3801 relgot
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.got",
3802 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
3804 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (relgot
, 3))
3807 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
= got
;
3808 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->relgot
= relgot
;
3812 /* Follow indirect and warning symbol links. */
3814 static inline struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
3815 follow_link (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3817 while (h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3818 || h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3823 static inline struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
3824 elf_follow_link (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3826 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) follow_link (&h
->root
);
3829 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3830 ppc_follow_link (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3832 return ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_follow_link (&h
->elf
));
3835 /* Merge PLT info on FROM with that on TO. */
3838 move_plt_plist (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*from
,
3839 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*to
)
3841 if (from
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
3843 if (to
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
3845 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
3846 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
3848 for (entp
= &from
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
3850 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
3852 for (dent
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
3853 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
3855 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
3862 *entp
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
3865 to
->elf
.plt
.plist
= from
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
3866 from
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
3870 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
3873 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3874 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
3875 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
3877 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
3879 edir
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (dir
);
3880 eind
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (ind
);
3882 edir
->is_func
|= eind
->is_func
;
3883 edir
->is_func_descriptor
|= eind
->is_func_descriptor
;
3884 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
3885 if (eind
->oh
!= NULL
)
3886 edir
->oh
= ppc_follow_link (eind
->oh
);
3888 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
3889 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
3890 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
3891 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
3892 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
3893 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
3894 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
3896 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, don't copy
3897 dyn_relocs, plt/got info, or dynindx. We used to copy dyn_relocs
3898 in order to simplify readonly_dynrelocs and save a field in the
3899 symbol hash entry, but that means dyn_relocs can't be used in any
3900 tests about a specific symbol, or affect other symbol flags which
3902 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
3905 /* Copy over any dynamic relocs we may have on the indirect sym. */
3906 if (ind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
3908 if (dir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
3910 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
3911 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3913 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
3914 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
3915 for (pp
= &ind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
3917 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
3919 for (q
= dir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
3920 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
3922 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
3923 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
3930 *pp
= dir
->dyn_relocs
;
3933 dir
->dyn_relocs
= ind
->dyn_relocs
;
3934 ind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
3937 /* Copy over got entries that we may have already seen to the
3938 symbol which just became indirect. */
3939 if (eind
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
3941 if (edir
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
3943 struct got_entry
**entp
;
3944 struct got_entry
*ent
;
3946 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.got
.glist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
3948 struct got_entry
*dent
;
3950 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
3951 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
3952 && dent
->owner
== ent
->owner
3953 && dent
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
)
3955 dent
->got
.refcount
+= ent
->got
.refcount
;
3962 *entp
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
;
3965 edir
->elf
.got
.glist
= eind
->elf
.got
.glist
;
3966 eind
->elf
.got
.glist
= NULL
;
3969 /* And plt entries. */
3970 move_plt_plist (eind
, edir
);
3972 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
3974 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
3975 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
3976 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
3977 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
3978 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
3979 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
3980 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
3984 /* Find the function descriptor hash entry from the given function code
3985 hash entry FH. Link the entries via their OH fields. */
3987 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3988 lookup_fdh (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
3990 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= fh
->oh
;
3994 const char *fd_name
= fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1;
3996 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, fd_name
,
3997 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
4001 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4007 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
4008 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4013 /* Make a fake function descriptor sym for the undefined code sym FH. */
4015 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
4016 make_fdh (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4017 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
4019 bfd
*abfd
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
4020 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
4021 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4022 flagword flags
= (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4026 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
,
4027 fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1,
4028 flags
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
4029 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &bh
))
4032 fdh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4033 fdh
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
4035 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4042 /* Fix function descriptor symbols defined in .opd sections to be
4046 ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*ibfd
,
4047 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4048 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4050 flagword
*flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4055 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".opd") == 0)
4059 if (!(ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4060 || ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
))
4061 isym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
), STT_FUNC
);
4063 /* If the symbol is a function defined in .opd, and the function
4064 code is in a discarded group, let it appear to be undefined. */
4065 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4066 && (*sec
)->reloc_count
!= 0
4067 && opd_entry_value (*sec
, *value
, &code_sec
, NULL
,
4068 FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1
4069 && discarded_section (code_sec
))
4071 *sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4072 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4075 else if (*sec
!= NULL
4076 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".toc") == 0
4077 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
)
4079 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4081 htab
->params
->object_in_toc
= 1;
4084 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4086 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4087 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 2);
4088 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 1)
4090 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol '%s' has invalid st_other"
4091 " for ABI version 1"), *name
);
4092 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4100 /* Merge non-visibility st_other attributes: local entry point. */
4103 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4104 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4105 bfd_boolean definition
,
4106 bfd_boolean dynamic
)
4108 if (definition
&& (!dynamic
|| !h
->def_regular
))
4109 h
->other
= ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1))
4110 | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
));
4113 /* Hook called on merging a symbol. We use this to clear "fake" since
4114 we now have a real symbol. */
4117 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4118 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4119 asection
**psec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4120 bfd_boolean newdef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4121 bfd_boolean olddef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4122 bfd
*oldbfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4123 const asection
*oldsec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4125 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->fake
= 0;
4126 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4127 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
= 1;
4131 /* This function makes an old ABI object reference to ".bar" cause the
4132 inclusion of a new ABI object archive that defines "bar".
4133 NAME is a symbol defined in an archive. Return a symbol in the hash
4134 table that might be satisfied by the archive symbols. */
4136 static struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4137 ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4138 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4141 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4145 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
);
4147 /* Don't return this sym if it is a fake function descriptor
4148 created by add_symbol_adjust. */
4149 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->fake
)
4155 len
= strlen (name
);
4156 dot_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
4157 if (dot_name
== NULL
)
4158 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
4160 memcpy (dot_name
+ 1, name
, len
+ 1);
4161 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, dot_name
);
4162 bfd_release (abfd
, dot_name
);
4166 if (strcmp (name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
4167 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, "__tls_get_addr_desc");
4171 /* This function satisfies all old ABI object references to ".bar" if a
4172 new ABI object defines "bar". Well, at least, undefined dot symbols
4173 are made weak. This stops later archive searches from including an
4174 object if we already have a function descriptor definition. It also
4175 prevents the linker complaining about undefined symbols.
4176 We also check and correct mismatched symbol visibility here. The
4177 most restrictive visibility of the function descriptor and the
4178 function entry symbol is used. */
4181 add_symbol_adjust (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4183 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4184 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4186 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4187 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) eh
->elf
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4189 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
4192 if (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.')
4195 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4199 fdh
= lookup_fdh (eh
, htab
);
4201 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4202 && (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
4203 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4204 && eh
->elf
.ref_regular
)
4206 /* Make an undefined function descriptor sym, in order to
4207 pull in an --as-needed shared lib. Archives are handled
4209 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, eh
);
4216 unsigned entry_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4217 unsigned descr_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (fdh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4219 /* Make both descriptor and entry symbol have the most
4220 constraining visibility of either symbol. */
4221 if (entry_vis
< descr_vis
)
4222 fdh
->elf
.other
+= entry_vis
- descr_vis
;
4223 else if (entry_vis
> descr_vis
)
4224 eh
->elf
.other
+= descr_vis
- entry_vis
;
4226 /* Propagate reference flags from entry symbol to function
4227 descriptor symbol. */
4228 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
;
4229 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
4230 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
4231 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
4233 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
4234 && fdh
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
4235 && fdh
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
4236 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4237 || fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
4238 || fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
)
4239 && (eh
->elf
.ref_regular
4240 || eh
->elf
.def_regular
))
4242 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
4250 /* Set up opd section info and abiversion for IBFD, and process list
4251 of dot-symbols we made in link_hash_newfunc. */
4254 ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4256 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4257 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**p
, *eh
;
4258 asection
*opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
4260 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0)
4262 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
4263 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
= sec_opd
;
4265 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4266 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 1);
4267 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) >= 2)
4269 /* xgettext:c-format */
4270 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB .opd not allowed in ABI version %d"),
4271 ibfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4272 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4277 if (is_ppc64_elf (info
->output_bfd
))
4279 /* For input files without an explicit abiversion in e_flags
4280 we should have flagged any with symbol st_other bits set
4281 as ELFv1 and above flagged those with .opd as ELFv2.
4282 Set the output abiversion if not yet set, and for any input
4283 still ambiguous, take its abiversion from the output.
4284 Differences in ABI are reported later. */
4285 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 0)
4286 set_abiversion (info
->output_bfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4287 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4288 set_abiversion (ibfd
, abiversion (info
->output_bfd
));
4291 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4295 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0
4296 && (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4297 && (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
4298 && opd
->reloc_count
!= 0
4299 && !bfd_is_abs_section (opd
->output_section
)
4300 && info
->gc_sections
)
4302 /* Garbage collection needs some extra help with .opd sections.
4303 We don't want to necessarily keep everything referenced by
4304 relocs in .opd, as that would keep all functions. Instead,
4305 if we reference an .opd symbol (a function descriptor), we
4306 want to keep the function code symbol's section. This is
4307 easy for global symbols, but for local syms we need to keep
4308 information about the associated function section. */
4310 asection
**opd_sym_map
;
4311 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4312 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
, *rel_end
, *rel
;
4314 amt
= OPD_NDX (opd
->size
) * sizeof (*opd_sym_map
);
4315 opd_sym_map
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, amt
);
4316 if (opd_sym_map
== NULL
)
4318 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->u
.opd
.func_sec
= opd_sym_map
;
4319 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, opd
, NULL
, NULL
,
4323 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4324 rel_end
= relocs
+ opd
->reloc_count
- 1;
4325 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4327 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4328 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4330 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
4331 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
4332 && r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4334 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4337 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ibfd
, r_symndx
);
4340 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4345 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4346 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= opd
)
4347 opd_sym_map
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = s
;
4350 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4354 p
= &htab
->dot_syms
;
4355 while ((eh
= *p
) != NULL
)
4358 if (&eh
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4360 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
== NULL
4361 && strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
, ".TOC.") == 0)
4362 htab
->elf
.hgot
= &eh
->elf
;
4363 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) <= 1)
4365 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 1;
4366 if (!add_symbol_adjust (eh
, info
))
4369 p
= &eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
;
4374 /* Undo hash table changes when an --as-needed input file is determined
4375 not to be needed. */
4378 ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
4379 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4380 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
4382 if (act
== notice_not_needed
)
4384 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4389 htab
->dot_syms
= NULL
;
4391 return _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (ibfd
, info
, act
);
4394 /* If --just-symbols against a final linked binary, then assume we need
4395 toc adjusting stubs when calling functions defined there. */
4398 ppc64_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4400 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
4401 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0
4402 && is_ppc64_elf (sec
->owner
))
4404 if (abiversion (sec
->owner
) >= 2
4405 || bfd_get_section_by_name (sec
->owner
, ".opd") != NULL
)
4406 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4408 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (sec
, info
);
4411 static struct plt_entry
**
4412 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
4413 unsigned long r_symndx
, bfd_vma r_addend
, int tls_type
)
4415 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (abfd
);
4416 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4417 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
4419 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4421 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4423 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_ents
)
4424 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
4425 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
4426 local_got_ents
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
4427 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4429 elf_local_got_ents (abfd
) = local_got_ents
;
4432 if ((tls_type
& (NON_GOT
| TLS_EXPLICIT
)) == 0)
4434 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4436 for (ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4437 if (ent
->addend
== r_addend
4438 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4439 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4443 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4444 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4447 ent
->next
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
4448 ent
->addend
= r_addend
;
4450 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4451 ent
->is_indirect
= FALSE
;
4452 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4453 local_got_ents
[r_symndx
] = ent
;
4455 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4458 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4459 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4460 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
4462 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
4466 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
, bfd_vma addend
)
4468 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4470 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4471 if (ent
->addend
== addend
)
4475 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4476 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4480 ent
->addend
= addend
;
4481 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
4484 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
4489 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4491 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
4492 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
4493 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
4494 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
4495 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
4496 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR24
4497 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14
4498 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
4499 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
4500 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
4501 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
);
4504 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
4507 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4509 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
4510 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
4511 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
4512 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
4513 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
4514 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
4515 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
4516 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
);
4519 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
4520 calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure
4521 linkage table, and dynamic reloc sections. */
4524 ppc64_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4525 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
4527 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4528 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4529 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4530 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
4531 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
4533 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *dottga
;
4536 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4539 /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
4540 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
4541 and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
4542 or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
4543 relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
4544 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */
4545 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
4548 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (abfd
));
4550 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4554 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4555 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4556 dottga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
4557 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4558 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4559 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4561 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
4562 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4563 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4565 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4566 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4567 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
4569 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*ppc64_sec
;
4570 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
4572 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4573 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4577 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4578 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
4580 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4581 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4584 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4588 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
4589 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
4590 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
4592 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
4593 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
4594 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
4595 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4596 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
4597 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
4598 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
4599 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
:
4600 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4601 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4602 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
4603 htab
->power10_stubs
= 1;
4611 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4612 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4613 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4614 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4615 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4616 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4617 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4618 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4619 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4620 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4621 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4622 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4623 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4624 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4625 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4626 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4627 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4628 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4629 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4630 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4639 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4642 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4647 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
4652 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4654 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4656 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
4667 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
4668 its parameter symbol. */
4670 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
4672 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4674 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4676 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4679 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4680 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4681 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4682 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4683 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
4684 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
4687 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4688 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4689 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4690 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4691 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
4692 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
4695 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
4696 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4697 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4698 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4699 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
4700 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
4701 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
4702 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
4705 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
4706 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4707 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
4708 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4709 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
:
4710 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
4712 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4716 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4717 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
4718 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4719 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
4720 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4721 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4723 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
4724 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4725 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
4726 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
4727 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
4728 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
4729 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16
4730 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
)
4732 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4733 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4736 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
== NULL
4737 && !create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
4742 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
4743 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4745 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4746 for (ent
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4747 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
4748 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4749 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4753 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4754 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4757 ent
->next
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4758 ent
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4760 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4761 ent
->is_indirect
= FALSE
;
4762 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4763 eh
->elf
.got
.glist
= ent
;
4765 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4766 eh
->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
4769 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
4770 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4771 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
4775 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4776 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
4777 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4778 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4779 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4780 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4783 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
4788 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
4789 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
4790 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
4791 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
4792 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4794 if (plt_list
== NULL
)
4795 plt_list
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4797 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
4798 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
4802 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
4803 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
4804 section relative. */
4805 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
4806 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
4807 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
4808 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
4809 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
4810 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
4811 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
4812 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
4813 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
4814 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
4815 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
4816 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4817 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
4818 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
4819 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
4820 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
4821 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
4822 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
4827 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
4828 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
4829 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
4830 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
4831 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
4832 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
4833 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
4834 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
4835 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
4836 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
4837 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
4838 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
4839 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
4840 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
4843 /* Not supported as a dynamic relocation. */
4844 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
4845 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4847 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
4849 /* xgettext:c-format */
4850 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%H: %s reloc unsupported "
4851 "in shared libraries and PIEs\n"),
4852 abfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
4853 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
4854 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4860 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
4861 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4862 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4864 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4865 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
4866 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4867 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4868 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4869 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
4871 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
4873 /* Strongly prefer a copy reloc over a dynamic reloc.
4874 glibc ld.so as of 2019-08 will error out if one of
4875 these relocations is emitted. */
4885 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
4886 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
4887 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4888 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
4892 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
4893 used. Record for later use during GC. */
4894 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4895 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
4900 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
4901 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
4903 asection
*dest
= NULL
;
4905 /* Heuristic: If jumping outside our section, chances are
4906 we are going to need a stub. */
4909 /* If the sym is weak it may be overridden later, so
4910 don't assume we know where a weak sym lives. */
4911 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
4912 dest
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4916 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4918 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
4923 dest
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4927 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_14bit_branch
= 1;
4931 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
4932 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
4933 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
= 1;
4937 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
4943 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
4944 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
4945 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
4947 if (h
== tga
|| h
== dottga
)
4949 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4951 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSGD
4952 || ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
4953 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with
4957 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
4958 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4960 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4963 /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc
4964 refers to is in a shared lib. */
4966 && !update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
4970 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
4971 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
4972 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
4973 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
4976 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
4977 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
4978 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
4979 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
4982 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
4983 if (rel
+ 1 < rel_end
4984 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
4985 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
4986 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
4988 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
4991 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
4992 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
4994 && rel
[-1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
)
4995 && rel
[-1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
- 8)
4996 /* This is the second reloc of a dtpmod, dtprel pair.
4997 Don't mark with TLS_DTPREL. */
5001 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
5003 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
& 0xff;
5005 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
5006 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
5009 ppc64_sec
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
);
5010 if (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
5014 /* One extra to simplify get_tls_mask. */
5015 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (unsigned) / 8 + sizeof (unsigned);
5016 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5017 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
== NULL
)
5019 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (bfd_vma
) / 8;
5020 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5021 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
== NULL
)
5023 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
5024 ppc64_sec
->sec_type
= sec_toc
;
5026 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
% 8 == 0);
5027 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = r_symndx
;
5028 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = rel
->r_addend
;
5030 /* Mark the second slot of a GD or LD entry.
5031 -1 to indicate GD and -2 to indicate LD. */
5032 if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
5033 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -1;
5034 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5035 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -2;
5038 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
5039 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
5040 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
5041 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
5042 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
5043 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
5044 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
5045 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
5046 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
5047 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
5048 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
5049 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
5050 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
5051 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5052 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
5055 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
5057 && rel
+ 1 < rel_end
5058 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5061 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
5065 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
5066 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
5067 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
5068 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
5069 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
5070 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
5071 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
5072 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
5073 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
5074 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
5075 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
5076 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
5078 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
5079 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
5080 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
5081 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
5082 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
5083 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
5084 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
5086 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
) && abiversion (abfd
) != 1
5087 && rel
->r_addend
== 0)
5089 /* We may need a .plt entry if this reloc refers to a
5090 function in a shared lib. */
5091 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, 0))
5093 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
5100 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
5101 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
5102 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
5103 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
5105 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
5106 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
5109 /* Don't propagate .opd relocs. */
5110 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
5113 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
5114 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
5115 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
5116 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
5117 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
5118 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
5119 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
5120 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
5121 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
5122 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
5123 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
5124 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
5125 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
5126 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
5127 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
5130 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
5131 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
5132 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
5136 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5137 || !h
->def_regular
))
5139 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
5140 && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
5141 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5142 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5143 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5146 /* We must copy these reloc types into the output file.
5147 Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for
5151 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
5152 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 3, abfd
, /*rela?*/ TRUE
);
5158 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
5159 relocations we need for this symbol. */
5162 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5163 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5165 head
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
5167 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
5169 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5179 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5184 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
5185 We really need local syms available to do this
5187 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5188 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5189 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
5192 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
5194 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
5199 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5203 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
5204 head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
5205 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
5207 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5209 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5211 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5217 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
5233 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
5234 object file when linking. */
5237 ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5239 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
5240 unsigned long iflags
, oflags
;
5242 if ((ibfd
->flags
& BFD_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
5245 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc64_elf (obfd
))
5248 if (!_bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
5251 iflags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
5252 oflags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
5254 if (iflags
& ~EF_PPC64_ABI
)
5257 /* xgettext:c-format */
5258 (_("%pB uses unknown e_flags 0x%lx"), ibfd
, iflags
);
5259 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5262 else if (iflags
!= oflags
&& iflags
!= 0)
5265 /* xgettext:c-format */
5266 (_("%pB: ABI version %ld is not compatible with ABI version %ld output"),
5267 ibfd
, iflags
, oflags
);
5268 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5272 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
5275 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
5276 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
5280 ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
5282 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
5283 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
5285 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
!= 0)
5289 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = 0x%lx:"),
5290 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
5292 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
) != 0)
5293 fprintf (file
, _(" [abiv%ld]"),
5294 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
);
5301 /* OFFSET in OPD_SEC specifies a function descriptor. Return the address
5302 of the code entry point, and its section, which must be in the same
5303 object as OPD_SEC. Returns (bfd_vma) -1 on error. */
5306 opd_entry_value (asection
*opd_sec
,
5308 asection
**code_sec
,
5310 bfd_boolean in_code_sec
)
5312 bfd
*opd_bfd
= opd_sec
->owner
;
5313 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
5314 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
, *look
;
5317 /* No relocs implies we are linking a --just-symbols object, or looking
5318 at a final linked executable with addr2line or somesuch. */
5319 if (opd_sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
5321 bfd_byte
*contents
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
;
5323 if (contents
== NULL
)
5325 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, &contents
))
5326 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5327 ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
= contents
;
5330 /* PR 17512: file: 64b9dfbb. */
5331 if (offset
+ 7 >= opd_sec
->size
|| offset
+ 7 < offset
)
5332 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5334 val
= bfd_get_64 (opd_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
5335 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5337 asection
*sec
, *likely
= NULL
;
5343 && val
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
5349 for (sec
= opd_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
5351 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5352 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5357 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5358 *code_off
= val
- likely
->vma
;
5364 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (opd_bfd
));
5366 relocs
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
;
5368 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
5369 /* PR 17512: file: df8e1fd6. */
5371 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5373 /* Go find the opd reloc at the sym address. */
5375 hi
= lo
+ opd_sec
->reloc_count
- 1; /* ignore last reloc */
5379 look
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
5380 if (look
->r_offset
< offset
)
5382 else if (look
->r_offset
> offset
)
5386 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (opd_bfd
);
5388 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (look
->r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
5389 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((look
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5391 unsigned long symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (look
->r_info
);
5392 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5394 if (symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
5395 && elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
) != NULL
)
5397 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5398 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
5400 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
);
5401 rh
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
5404 rh
= elf_follow_link (rh
);
5405 if (rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5406 && rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5408 if (rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
== opd_bfd
)
5410 val
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5411 sec
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5418 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5420 if (symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
5422 sym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5425 size_t symcnt
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5426 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5431 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) sym
;
5437 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5443 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (opd_bfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5446 BFD_ASSERT ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0);
5447 val
= sym
->st_value
;
5450 val
+= look
->r_addend
;
5451 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5453 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5455 if (in_code_sec
&& *code_sec
!= sec
)
5460 if (sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5461 val
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5470 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
5471 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
5472 otherwise return zero. */
5474 static bfd_size_type
5475 ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
5480 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
5481 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0)
5485 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
5486 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
5488 if (strcmp (sym
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
5490 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
= get_opd_info (sym
->section
);
5491 bfd_vma symval
= sym
->value
;
5494 && opd
->adjust
!= NULL
5495 && elf_section_data (sym
->section
)->relocs
!= NULL
)
5497 /* opd_entry_value will use cached relocs that have been
5498 adjusted, but with raw symbols. That means both local
5499 and global symbols need adjusting. */
5500 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (symval
)];
5506 if (opd_entry_value (sym
->section
, symval
,
5507 &sec
, code_off
, TRUE
) == (bfd_vma
) -1)
5509 /* An old ABI binary with dot-syms has a size of 24 on the .opd
5510 symbol. This size has nothing to do with the code size of the
5511 function, which is what we're supposed to return, but the
5512 code size isn't available without looking up the dot-sym.
5513 However, doing that would be a waste of time particularly
5514 since elf_find_function will look at the dot-sym anyway.
5515 Now, elf_find_function will keep the largest size of any
5516 function sym found at the code address of interest, so return
5517 1 here to avoid it incorrectly caching a larger function size
5518 for a small function. This does mean we return the wrong
5519 size for a new-ABI function of size 24, but all that does is
5520 disable caching for such functions. */
5526 if (sym
->section
!= sec
)
5528 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
5535 /* Return true if symbol is a strong function defined in an ELFv2
5536 object with st_other localentry bits of zero, ie. its local entry
5537 point coincides with its global entry point. */
5540 is_elfv2_localentry0 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5543 && h
->type
== STT_FUNC
5544 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5545 && (STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& h
->other
) == 0
5546 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
5547 && is_ppc64_elf (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
5548 && abiversion (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
) >= 2);
5551 /* Return true if symbol is defined in a regular object file. */
5554 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5556 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5557 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5558 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
5559 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
5562 /* If FDH is a function descriptor symbol, return the associated code
5563 entry symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5565 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5566 defined_code_entry (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
)
5568 if (fdh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5570 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
->oh
);
5571 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5572 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5578 /* If FH is a function code entry symbol, return the associated
5579 function descriptor symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5581 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5582 defined_func_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
5585 && fh
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5587 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fh
->oh
);
5588 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5589 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5595 /* Given H is a symbol that satisfies is_static_defined, return the
5596 value in the output file. */
5599 defined_sym_val (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5601 return (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
5602 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
5603 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
5606 /* Return true if H matches __tls_get_addr or one of its variants. */
5609 is_tls_get_addr (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5610 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
5612 return (h
== &htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
|| h
== &htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
5613 || h
== &htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
|| h
== &htab
->tga_desc
->elf
);
5616 static bfd_boolean
func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
5618 /* Garbage collect sections, after first dealing with dot-symbols. */
5621 ppc64_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5623 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5625 if (htab
!= NULL
&& htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
5627 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
5628 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
5630 return bfd_elf_gc_sections (abfd
, info
);
5633 /* Mark all our entry sym sections, both opd and code section. */
5636 ppc64_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5638 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5639 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
5644 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
5646 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
;
5649 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
->name
,
5650 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
5653 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5654 && eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5657 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5660 sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5661 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5663 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5664 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5665 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5666 &sec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5667 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5669 sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5670 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5674 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
5675 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
5679 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5681 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
5682 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5683 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
5684 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
5686 /* Dynamic linking info is on the func descriptor sym. */
5687 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5691 if ((eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5692 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5693 && ((eh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
&& !eh
->elf
.forced_local
)
5694 || ((eh
->elf
.def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (&eh
->elf
))
5695 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_INTERNAL
5696 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_HIDDEN
5697 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
5698 || info
->gc_keep_exported
5699 || info
->export_dynamic
5702 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
,
5703 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))
5704 && (eh
->elf
.versioned
>= versioned
5705 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
5706 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))))
5709 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
5711 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5713 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5714 function code sym section to be marked. */
5715 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5718 code_sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5719 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5721 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5722 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5723 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5724 &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5725 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5731 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
5735 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
5736 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5737 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
5738 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5739 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
5743 /* Syms return NULL if we're marking .opd, so we avoid marking all
5744 function sections, as all functions are referenced in .opd. */
5746 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
5751 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
5752 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
, *fdh
;
5754 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
5757 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5758 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5762 switch (h
->root
.type
)
5764 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
5765 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
5766 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5767 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5770 /* -mcall-aixdesc code references the dot-symbol on
5771 a call reloc. Mark the function descriptor too
5772 against garbage collection. */
5774 if (fdh
->elf
.is_weakalias
)
5775 weakdef (&fdh
->elf
)->mark
= 1;
5779 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5780 function code sym section to be marked. */
5781 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5784 /* They also mark their opd section. */
5785 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
5787 rsec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5789 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5790 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5791 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5792 &rsec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5793 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
5795 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5798 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
5799 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
5803 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
5809 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
5811 rsec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5812 opd
= get_opd_info (rsec
);
5813 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->func_sec
!= NULL
)
5817 rsec
= opd
->func_sec
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
)];
5824 /* The maximum size of .sfpr. */
5825 #define SFPR_MAX (218*4)
5827 struct sfpr_def_parms
5829 const char name
[12];
5830 unsigned char lo
, hi
;
5831 bfd_byte
*(*write_ent
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
5832 bfd_byte
*(*write_tail
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
5835 /* Auto-generate _save*, _rest* functions in .sfpr.
5836 If STUB_SEC is non-null, define alias symbols in STUB_SEC
5840 sfpr_define (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5841 const struct sfpr_def_parms
*parm
,
5844 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5846 size_t len
= strlen (parm
->name
);
5847 bfd_boolean writing
= FALSE
;
5853 memcpy (sym
, parm
->name
, len
);
5856 for (i
= parm
->lo
; i
<= parm
->hi
; i
++)
5858 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5860 sym
[len
+ 0] = i
/ 10 + '0';
5861 sym
[len
+ 1] = i
% 10 + '0';
5862 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
,
5863 writing
, TRUE
, TRUE
));
5864 if (stub_sec
!= NULL
)
5867 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5868 && h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
5870 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*s
;
5872 sprintf (buf
, "%08x.%s", stub_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff, sym
);
5873 s
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, buf
, TRUE
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
5876 if (s
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5878 s
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5879 s
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
5880 s
->root
.u
.def
.value
= (stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
5881 + h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
);
5884 s
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5885 s
->forced_local
= 1;
5887 s
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5895 if (!h
->elf
.def_regular
)
5897 h
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5898 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sfpr
;
5899 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
5900 h
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
5901 h
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
5903 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->elf
, TRUE
);
5905 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
5907 htab
->sfpr
->contents
5908 = bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, SFPR_MAX
);
5909 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
5916 bfd_byte
*p
= htab
->sfpr
->contents
+ htab
->sfpr
->size
;
5918 p
= (*parm
->write_ent
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
5920 p
= (*parm
->write_tail
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
5921 htab
->sfpr
->size
= p
- htab
->sfpr
->contents
;
5929 savegpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5931 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5936 savegpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5938 p
= savegpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5939 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
5941 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5946 restgpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5948 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5953 restgpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5955 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
5957 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5958 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
5962 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 30);
5963 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 31);
5965 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5970 savegpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5972 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5977 savegpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5979 p
= savegpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5980 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5985 restgpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5987 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5992 restgpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5994 p
= restgpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5995 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6000 savefpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6002 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6007 savefpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6009 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6010 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6012 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6017 restfpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6019 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6024 restfpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6026 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6028 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6029 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6033 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 30);
6034 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 31);
6036 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6041 savefpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6043 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6044 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6049 restfpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6051 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6052 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6057 savevr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6059 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6061 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6066 savevr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6068 p
= savevr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6069 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6074 restvr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6076 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6078 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6083 restvr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6085 p
= restvr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6086 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6090 #define STDU_R1_0R1 0xf8210001
6091 #define ADDI_R1_R1 0x38210000
6093 /* Emit prologue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6094 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6097 tls_get_addr_prologue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6101 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
6103 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ 16, p
);
6108 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6111 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(13 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6114 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-128 & 0xffff), p
);
6119 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6122 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(12 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6125 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-96 & 0xffff), p
);
6131 /* Emit epilogue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6132 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6135 tls_get_addr_epilogue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6141 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6143 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (128 - (13 - i
) * 8), p
);
6146 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 128, p
);
6151 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6153 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (96 - (12 - i
) * 8), p
);
6156 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 96, p
);
6159 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| 16, p
);
6161 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6163 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
6168 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to transfer dynamic linking
6169 information on function code symbol entries to their corresponding
6170 function descriptor symbol entries. */
6173 func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
6175 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6176 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6177 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
6178 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
6179 bfd_boolean force_local
;
6181 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6182 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6188 if (fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.'
6189 || fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[1] == '\0')
6193 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6197 /* Find the corresponding function descriptor symbol. */
6198 fdh
= lookup_fdh (fh
, htab
);
6200 /* Resolve undefined references to dot-symbols as the value
6201 in the function descriptor, if we have one in a regular object.
6202 This is to satisfy cases like ".quad .foo". Calls to functions
6203 in dynamic objects are handled elsewhere. */
6204 if ((fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6205 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6206 && (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6207 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6208 && get_opd_info (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
6209 && opd_entry_value (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6210 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
6211 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6212 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
6214 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= fdh
->elf
.root
.type
;
6215 fh
->elf
.forced_local
= 1;
6216 fh
->elf
.def_regular
= fdh
->elf
.def_regular
;
6217 fh
->elf
.def_dynamic
= fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
;
6220 if (!fh
->elf
.dynamic
)
6222 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6224 for (ent
= fh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6225 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6231 /* Create a descriptor as undefined if necessary. */
6233 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
6234 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6235 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6237 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, fh
);
6242 /* We can't support overriding of symbols on a fake descriptor. */
6245 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6246 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6247 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
, TRUE
);
6249 /* Transfer dynamic linking information to the function descriptor. */
6252 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
6253 fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
6254 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
6255 fdh
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= fh
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
6256 fdh
->elf
.dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.dynamic
;
6257 fdh
->elf
.needs_plt
|= (fh
->elf
.needs_plt
6258 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_FUNC
6259 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
6260 move_plt_plist (fh
, fdh
);
6262 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
6263 && fh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
6264 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
6268 /* Now that the info is on the function descriptor, clear the
6269 function code sym info. Any function code syms for which we
6270 don't have a definition in a regular file, we force local.
6271 This prevents a shared library from exporting syms that have
6272 been imported from another library. Function code syms that
6273 are really in the library we must leave global to prevent the
6274 linker dragging in a definition from a static library. */
6275 force_local
= (!fh
->elf
.def_regular
6277 || !fdh
->elf
.def_regular
6278 || fdh
->elf
.forced_local
);
6279 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6284 static const struct sfpr_def_parms save_res_funcs
[] =
6286 { "_savegpr0_", 14, 31, savegpr0
, savegpr0_tail
},
6287 { "_restgpr0_", 14, 29, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6288 { "_restgpr0_", 30, 31, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6289 { "_savegpr1_", 14, 31, savegpr1
, savegpr1_tail
},
6290 { "_restgpr1_", 14, 31, restgpr1
, restgpr1_tail
},
6291 { "_savefpr_", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr0_tail
},
6292 { "_restfpr_", 14, 29, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6293 { "_restfpr_", 30, 31, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6294 { "._savef", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr1_tail
},
6295 { "._restf", 14, 31, restfpr
, restfpr1_tail
},
6296 { "_savevr_", 20, 31, savevr
, savevr_tail
},
6297 { "_restvr_", 20, 31, restvr
, restvr_tail
}
6300 /* Called near the start of bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections. We use
6301 this hook to a) provide some gcc support functions, and b) transfer
6302 dynamic linking information gathered so far on function code symbol
6303 entries, to their corresponding function descriptor symbol entries. */
6306 ppc64_elf_func_desc_adjust (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6307 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6309 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6311 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6315 /* Provide any missing _save* and _rest* functions. */
6316 if (htab
->sfpr
!= NULL
)
6320 htab
->sfpr
->size
= 0;
6321 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
6322 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], NULL
))
6324 if (htab
->sfpr
->size
== 0)
6325 htab
->sfpr
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6328 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
6331 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6333 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, htab
->elf
.hgot
, TRUE
);
6334 /* Make .TOC. defined so as to prevent it being made dynamic.
6335 The wrong value here is fixed later in ppc64_elf_set_toc. */
6336 if (!htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
6337 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
)
6339 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6340 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6341 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6342 htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
= 1;
6343 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
6345 htab
->elf
.hgot
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6346 htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
6347 = (htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
6350 if (htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
6352 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
6353 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
6359 /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections. */
6362 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6364 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
6366 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
6368 asection
*s
= p
->sec
->output_section
;
6370 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
6376 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
6377 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
6378 size_dynamic_sections. */
6381 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6383 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6386 if (readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
6388 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
6390 while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
6395 /* Return whether EH has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
6398 pc_dynrelocs (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
)
6400 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
6402 for (p
= eh
->elf
.dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
6403 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
6408 /* Return true if a global entry stub will be created for H. Valid
6409 for ELFv2 before plt entries have been allocated. */
6412 global_entry_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6414 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
6416 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6420 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
6421 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0
6422 && pent
->addend
== 0)
6428 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6429 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6430 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6431 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6435 ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6436 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6438 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6441 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6445 /* Deal with function syms. */
6446 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6447 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6450 bfd_boolean local
= (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->save_res
6451 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
6452 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
6453 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
6454 function symbol is local and not an ifunc. We keep dynamic
6455 relocs for ifuncs when local rather than always emitting a
6456 plt call stub for them and defining the symbol on the call
6457 stub. We can't do that for ELFv1 anyway (a function symbol
6458 is defined on a descriptor, not code) and it can be faster at
6459 run-time due to not needing to bounce through a stub. The
6460 dyn_relocs for ifuncs will be applied even in a static
6462 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
6463 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6465 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6467 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
6468 won't need a .plt entry. */
6469 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6470 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6471 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6474 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6476 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
6477 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
6478 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
6480 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6482 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6484 else if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) >= 2)
6486 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
6487 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
6488 executable on a global entry stub. A dynamic reloc can
6489 be used instead. The reason we prefer a few more dynamic
6490 relocs is that calling via a global entry stub costs a
6491 few more instructions, and pointer_equality_needed causes
6492 extra work in ld.so when resolving these symbols. */
6493 if (global_entry_stub (h
))
6495 if (!readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6497 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6498 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
6499 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6501 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6503 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
6504 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
6505 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
6506 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6509 /* ELFv2 function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
6512 else if (!h
->needs_plt
6513 && !readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6515 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol isn't an
6516 ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6517 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6518 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6523 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6525 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6526 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6527 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
6528 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
6530 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
6531 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6532 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6533 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6534 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
6535 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
6536 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6540 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
6541 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
6542 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
6543 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
6544 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
6547 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
6548 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
6549 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
6552 /* Don't generate a copy reloc for symbols defined in the executable. */
6553 if (!h
->def_dynamic
|| !h
->ref_regular
|| h
->def_regular
6555 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, don't generate them either. */
6556 || info
->nocopyreloc
6558 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
6559 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. */
6560 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
6562 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6564 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
6565 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
6566 definition for the variable. Text relocations are preferable
6567 to an incorrect program. */
6568 || h
->protected_def
)
6571 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6572 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
6574 /* .dynbss copies of function symbols only work if we have
6575 ELFv1 dot-symbols. ELFv1 compilers since 2004 default to not
6576 use dot-symbols and set the function symbol size to the text
6577 size of the function rather than the size of the descriptor.
6578 That's wrong for copying a descriptor. */
6579 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
== NULL
6580 || !(h
->size
== 24 || h
->size
== 16))
6583 /* We should never get here, but unfortunately there are old
6584 versions of gcc (circa gcc-3.2) that improperly for the
6585 ELFv1 ABI put initialized function pointers, vtable refs and
6586 suchlike in read-only sections. Allow them to proceed, but
6587 warn that this might break at runtime. */
6588 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6589 (_("%P: copy reloc against `%pT' requires lazy plt linking; "
6590 "avoid setting LD_BIND_NOW=1 or upgrade gcc\n"),
6591 h
->root
.root
.string
);
6594 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
6595 is not a function. */
6597 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
6598 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
6599 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
6600 object will contain position independent code, so all references
6601 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
6602 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
6603 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
6604 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
6605 same memory location for the variable. */
6606 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
6608 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
6609 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
6613 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
6614 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
6616 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
6618 /* We must generate a R_PPC64_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
6619 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
6620 and into the runtime process image. */
6621 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
6625 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
6626 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6627 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
6630 /* If given a function descriptor symbol, hide both the function code
6631 sym and the descriptor. */
6633 ppc64_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6634 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6635 bfd_boolean force_local
)
6637 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6638 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, force_local
);
6640 if (ppc_hash_table (info
) == NULL
)
6643 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6644 if (eh
->is_func_descriptor
)
6646 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= eh
->oh
;
6651 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
6654 /* We aren't supposed to use alloca in BFD because on
6655 systems which do not have alloca the version in libiberty
6656 calls xmalloc, which might cause the program to crash
6657 when it runs out of memory. This function doesn't have a
6658 return status, so there's no way to gracefully return an
6659 error. So cheat. We know that string[-1] can be safely
6660 accessed; It's either a string in an ELF string table,
6661 or allocated in an objalloc structure. */
6663 p
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
- 1;
6666 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, FALSE
,
6670 /* Unfortunately, if it so happens that the string we were
6671 looking for was allocated immediately before this string,
6672 then we overwrote the string terminator. That's the only
6673 reason the lookup should fail. */
6676 q
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ strlen (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
6677 while (q
>= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *q
== *p
)
6679 if (q
< eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *p
== '.')
6680 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, FALSE
,
6690 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6695 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
6696 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
6698 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6699 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6700 unsigned long r_symndx
,
6703 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
6705 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6707 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
6708 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6710 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6711 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
6719 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6721 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
6722 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6723 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6724 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6728 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6729 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
6733 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6734 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
6736 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6738 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6739 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6740 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6741 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
6742 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
6743 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6745 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
6747 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
6755 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6756 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
6758 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6760 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
6761 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
6764 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
6765 if (lgot_ents
!= NULL
)
6767 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6768 (lgot_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6769 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
6770 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6771 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
6773 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
6779 /* Returns TLS_MASKP for the given REL symbol. Function return is 0 on
6780 error, 2 on a toc GD type suitable for optimization, 3 on a toc LD
6781 type suitable for optimization, and 1 otherwise. */
6784 get_tls_mask (unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6785 unsigned long *toc_symndx
,
6786 bfd_vma
*toc_addend
,
6787 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6788 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6791 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6793 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6794 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6798 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6799 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6802 if ((*tls_maskp
!= NULL
6803 && (**tls_maskp
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
6804 && **tls_maskp
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
6806 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) == NULL
6807 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
6810 /* Look inside a TOC section too. */
6813 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6814 off
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6817 off
= sym
->st_value
;
6818 off
+= rel
->r_addend
;
6819 BFD_ASSERT (off
% 8 == 0);
6820 r_symndx
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8];
6821 next_r
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8 + 1];
6822 if (toc_symndx
!= NULL
)
6823 *toc_symndx
= r_symndx
;
6824 if (toc_addend
!= NULL
)
6825 *toc_addend
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.add
[off
/ 8];
6826 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6828 if ((h
== NULL
|| is_static_defined (h
))
6829 && (next_r
== -1 || next_r
== -2))
6834 /* Find (or create) an entry in the tocsave hash table. */
6836 static struct tocsave_entry
*
6837 tocsave_find (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
6838 enum insert_option insert
,
6839 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
6840 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
,
6843 unsigned long r_indx
;
6844 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6845 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6846 struct tocsave_entry ent
, *p
;
6848 struct tocsave_entry
**slot
;
6850 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
6851 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &ent
.sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_indx
, ibfd
))
6853 if (ent
.sec
== NULL
|| ent
.sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
6856 (_("%pB: undefined symbol on R_PPC64_TOCSAVE relocation"), ibfd
);
6861 ent
.offset
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6863 ent
.offset
= sym
->st_value
;
6864 ent
.offset
+= irela
->r_addend
;
6866 hash
= tocsave_htab_hash (&ent
);
6867 slot
= ((struct tocsave_entry
**)
6868 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab
->tocsave_htab
, &ent
, hash
, insert
));
6874 p
= (struct tocsave_entry
*) bfd_alloc (ibfd
, sizeof (*p
));
6883 /* Adjust all global syms defined in opd sections. In gcc generated
6884 code for the old ABI, these will already have been done. */
6887 adjust_opd_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6889 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6891 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
6893 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6896 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6897 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6900 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6901 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
6904 sym_sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6905 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
6906 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
6908 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
)];
6911 /* This entry has been deleted. */
6912 asection
*dsec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
;
6915 for (dsec
= sym_sec
->owner
->sections
; dsec
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
6916 if (discarded_section (dsec
))
6918 ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
= dsec
;
6922 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6923 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= dsec
;
6926 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
+= adjust
;
6927 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
6932 /* Handles decrementing dynamic reloc counts for the reloc specified by
6933 R_INFO in section SEC. If LOCAL_SYMS is NULL, then H and SYM
6934 have already been determined. */
6937 dec_dynrel_count (bfd_vma r_info
,
6939 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6940 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
6941 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6942 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
6944 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
6945 asection
*sym_sec
= NULL
;
6947 /* Can this reloc be dynamic? This switch, and later tests here
6948 should be kept in sync with the code in check_relocs. */
6949 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (r_info
);
6956 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
6957 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
6958 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
6959 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
6960 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
6965 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
6966 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
6967 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
6968 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
6969 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
6970 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
6971 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
6972 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
6973 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
6974 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
6975 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
6976 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
6977 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
6978 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
6979 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
6980 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
6981 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
6985 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
6986 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
6987 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
6988 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
6989 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
6990 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
6991 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
6992 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
6993 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
6994 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
6995 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
6996 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
6997 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
6998 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
6999 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
7000 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
7001 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
7002 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
7003 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
7004 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
7007 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
7008 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
7009 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
7010 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
7011 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
7012 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
7013 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
7018 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
7020 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7021 bfd
*ibfd
= sec
->owner
;
7023 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (r_info
);
7024 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
7029 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
7030 || !h
->def_regular
))
7032 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
7033 && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
7034 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7035 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7036 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7038 ? h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
7039 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)))
7046 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7047 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7048 pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
7050 /* elf_gc_sweep may have already removed all dyn relocs associated
7051 with local syms for a given section. Also, symbol flags are
7052 changed by elf_gc_sweep_symbol, confusing the test above. Don't
7053 report a dynreloc miscount. */
7054 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7057 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7061 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7073 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7074 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7076 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
7078 if (local_syms
== NULL
)
7079 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
7080 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
7083 vpp
= &elf_section_data (sym_sec
)->local_dynrel
;
7084 pp
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
7086 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7089 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
7090 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7092 if (p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
== is_ifunc
)
7103 /* xgettext:c-format */
7104 _bfd_error_handler (_("dynreloc miscount for %pB, section %pA"),
7106 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7110 /* Remove unused Official Procedure Descriptor entries. Currently we
7111 only remove those associated with functions in discarded link-once
7112 sections, or weakly defined functions that have been overridden. It
7113 would be possible to remove many more entries for statically linked
7117 ppc64_elf_edit_opd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7120 bfd_boolean some_edited
= FALSE
;
7121 asection
*need_pad
= NULL
;
7122 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7124 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7128 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7131 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7132 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7133 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7134 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
7135 bfd_boolean need_edit
, add_aux_fields
, broken
;
7136 bfd_size_type cnt_16b
= 0;
7138 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7141 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
7142 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->size
== 0)
7145 if (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
7148 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7151 /* Look through the section relocs. */
7152 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
7156 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7158 /* Read the relocations. */
7159 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7161 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7164 /* First run through the relocs to check they are sane, and to
7165 determine whether we need to edit this opd section. */
7169 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7170 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7172 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7173 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7175 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7176 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7179 /* .opd contains an array of 16 or 24 byte entries. We're
7180 only interested in the reloc pointing to a function entry
7182 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7183 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7184 || rel
[1].r_offset
!= offset
+ 8)
7186 /* If someone messes with .opd alignment then after a
7187 "ld -r" we might have padding in the middle of .opd.
7188 Also, there's nothing to prevent someone putting
7189 something silly in .opd with the assembler. No .opd
7190 optimization for them! */
7193 (_("%pB: .opd is not a regular array of opd entries"), ibfd
);
7198 if ((r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_ADDR64
7199 || (r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_TOC
)
7202 /* xgettext:c-format */
7203 (_("%pB: unexpected reloc type %u in .opd section"),
7209 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7210 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7214 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
->owner
== NULL
)
7216 const char *sym_name
;
7218 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7220 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
,
7224 /* xgettext:c-format */
7225 (_("%pB: undefined sym `%s' in .opd section"),
7231 /* opd entries are always for functions defined in the
7232 current input bfd. If the symbol isn't defined in the
7233 input bfd, then we won't be using the function in this
7234 bfd; It must be defined in a linkonce section in another
7235 bfd, or is weak. It's also possible that we are
7236 discarding the function due to a linker script /DISCARD/,
7237 which we test for via the output_section. */
7238 if (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7239 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7243 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7244 || (rel
+ 2 < relend
7245 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7250 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 24)
7255 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 16)
7262 else if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7263 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[0].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
7264 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
7266 if (rel
[0].r_offset
== offset
+ 16)
7268 else if (rel
[0].r_offset
!= offset
+ 24)
7275 add_aux_fields
= htab
->params
->non_overlapping_opd
&& cnt_16b
> 0;
7277 if (!broken
&& (need_edit
|| add_aux_fields
))
7279 Elf_Internal_Rela
*write_rel
;
7280 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7281 bfd_byte
*rptr
, *wptr
;
7282 bfd_byte
*new_contents
;
7285 new_contents
= NULL
;
7286 amt
= OPD_NDX (sec
->size
) * sizeof (long);
7287 opd
= &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
7288 opd
->adjust
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
, amt
);
7289 if (opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
7292 /* This seems a waste of time as input .opd sections are all
7293 zeros as generated by gcc, but I suppose there's no reason
7294 this will always be so. We might start putting something in
7295 the third word of .opd entries. */
7296 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7299 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, sec
, &loc
))
7303 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7305 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7309 sec
->contents
= loc
;
7310 sec
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7313 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
7315 new_contents
= sec
->contents
;
7318 new_contents
= bfd_malloc (sec
->size
+ cnt_16b
* 8);
7319 if (new_contents
== NULL
)
7323 wptr
= new_contents
;
7324 rptr
= sec
->contents
;
7325 write_rel
= relstart
;
7326 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7328 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7330 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7331 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= NULL
;
7332 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7334 Elf_Internal_Rela
*next_rel
;
7337 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7338 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7343 if (next_rel
+ 1 == relend
7344 || (next_rel
+ 2 < relend
7345 && ELF64_R_TYPE (next_rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7348 /* See if the .opd entry is full 24 byte or
7349 16 byte (with fd_aux entry overlapped with next
7352 if (next_rel
== relend
)
7354 if (sec
->size
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7357 else if (next_rel
->r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7361 && h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.')
7363 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
;
7366 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
7367 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
7368 && fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7373 skip
= (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7374 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
);
7377 if (fdh
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->owner
== ibfd
)
7379 /* Arrange for the function descriptor sym
7381 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
7382 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= sym_sec
;
7384 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = -1;
7386 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7391 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, sec
, info
,
7395 if (++rel
== next_rel
)
7398 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7399 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7406 /* We'll be keeping this opd entry. */
7411 /* Redefine the function descriptor symbol to
7412 this location in the opd section. It is
7413 necessary to update the value here rather
7414 than using an array of adjustments as we do
7415 for local symbols, because various places
7416 in the generic ELF code use the value
7417 stored in u.def.value. */
7418 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7419 fdh
->adjust_done
= 1;
7422 /* Local syms are a bit tricky. We could
7423 tweak them as they can be cached, but
7424 we'd need to look through the local syms
7425 for the function descriptor sym which we
7426 don't have at the moment. So keep an
7427 array of adjustments. */
7428 adjust
= (wptr
- new_contents
) - (rptr
- sec
->contents
);
7429 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = adjust
;
7432 memcpy (wptr
, rptr
, opd_ent_size
);
7433 wptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7434 if (add_aux_fields
&& opd_ent_size
== 16)
7436 memset (wptr
, '\0', 8);
7440 /* We need to adjust any reloc offsets to point to the
7442 for ( ; rel
!= next_rel
; ++rel
)
7444 rel
->r_offset
+= adjust
;
7445 if (write_rel
!= rel
)
7446 memcpy (write_rel
, rel
, sizeof (*rel
));
7451 rptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7454 sec
->size
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7455 sec
->reloc_count
= write_rel
- relstart
;
7458 free (sec
->contents
);
7459 sec
->contents
= new_contents
;
7462 /* Fudge the header size too, as this is used later in
7463 elf_bfd_final_link if we are emitting relocs. */
7464 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (sec
);
7465 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= sec
->reloc_count
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
7468 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7471 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7472 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7474 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7477 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7482 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_opd_syms
, NULL
);
7484 /* If we are doing a final link and the last .opd entry is just 16 byte
7485 long, add a 8 byte padding after it. */
7486 if (need_pad
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7490 if ((need_pad
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7492 BFD_ASSERT (need_pad
->size
> 0);
7494 p
= bfd_malloc (need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7498 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (need_pad
->owner
, need_pad
,
7499 p
, 0, need_pad
->size
))
7502 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7503 need_pad
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7507 p
= bfd_realloc (need_pad
->contents
, need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7511 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7514 memset (need_pad
->contents
+ need_pad
->size
, 0, 8);
7515 need_pad
->size
+= 8;
7521 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
7522 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
7525 ppc64_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7527 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7530 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
7532 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7536 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
7537 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
7538 between the call and its destination. */
7539 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
7541 limit
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
7547 limit
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
7554 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7555 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
7557 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
7559 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
7560 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
7563 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
7564 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
7566 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
7568 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
7572 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
7573 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
7574 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
7575 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
7576 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
7577 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
7578 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
7579 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
7580 particular R_PPC64_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
7581 call, for each of the R_PPC64_PLTSEQ and R_PPC64_PLT16* insns in
7582 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
7583 together except their symbol. */
7585 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7587 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7588 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7590 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7594 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7596 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7597 if (ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
7598 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7600 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7602 /* Read the relocations. */
7603 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7605 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7608 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7609 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7611 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7612 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7614 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7615 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7616 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
7618 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7619 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
7620 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
7623 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7624 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
7627 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7629 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (bfd_byte
*) local_syms
)
7634 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7638 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7641 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
7642 + sym_sec
->output_offset
7643 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7644 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7645 + sec
->output_offset
7646 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7647 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
7648 && !(r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
7649 && (((h
? h
->other
: sym
->st_other
)
7650 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
7651 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
7652 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
7655 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7659 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7660 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7662 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7665 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7672 /* Set htab->tls_get_addr and call the generic ELF tls_setup function. */
7675 ppc64_elf_tls_setup (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7677 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7678 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *tga_fd
, *desc
, *desc_fd
;
7680 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7684 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 1)
7687 if (htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
)
7688 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 0;
7689 else if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
7690 htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
= 1;
7692 /* Default to --no-plt-localentry, as this option can cause problems
7693 with symbol interposition. For example, glibc libpthread.so and
7694 libc.so duplicate many pthread symbols, with a fallback
7695 implementation in libc.so. In some cases the fallback does more
7696 work than the pthread implementation. __pthread_condattr_destroy
7697 is one such symbol: the libpthread.so implementation is
7698 localentry:0 while the libc.so implementation is localentry:8.
7699 An app that "cleverly" uses dlopen to only load necessary
7700 libraries at runtime may omit loading libpthread.so when not
7701 running multi-threaded, which then results in the libc.so
7702 fallback symbols being used and ld.so complaining. Now there
7703 are workarounds in ld (see non_zero_localentry) to detect the
7704 pthread situation, but that may not be the only case where
7705 --plt-localentry can cause trouble. */
7706 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
< 0)
7707 htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
= 0;
7708 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
7709 && elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "GLIBC_2.26",
7710 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
7712 (_("warning: --plt-localentry is especially dangerous without "
7713 "ld.so support to detect ABI violations"));
7715 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
7716 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7717 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga
);
7719 /* Move dynamic linking info to the function descriptor sym. */
7721 func_desc_adjust (tga
, info
);
7722 tga_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
7723 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7724 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga_fd
);
7726 desc
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_desc",
7727 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7728 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc
);
7730 func_desc_adjust (desc
, info
);
7731 desc_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_desc",
7732 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7733 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc_fd
);
7735 if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
7737 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *opt_fd
;
7739 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_opt",
7740 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7742 func_desc_adjust (opt
, info
);
7743 opt_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
7744 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7746 && (opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7747 || opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
7749 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
7750 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
7751 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
7752 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
7753 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7755 && (tga_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7756 || tga_fd
->needs_plt
)
7757 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga_fd
)
7758 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga_fd
))))
7760 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7762 && (desc_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7763 || desc_fd
->needs_plt
)
7764 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, desc_fd
)
7765 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, desc_fd
))))
7768 if (tga_fd
!= NULL
|| desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7770 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
7773 for (ent
= tga_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
7774 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
7776 if (ent
== NULL
&& desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7777 for (ent
= desc_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
7778 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
7784 tga_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7785 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
7786 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7787 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, tga_fd
);
7789 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7791 desc_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7792 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
7793 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7794 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, desc_fd
);
7797 if (opt_fd
->dynindx
!= -1)
7799 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
7800 opt_fd
->dynindx
= -1;
7801 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7802 opt_fd
->dynstr_index
);
7803 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt_fd
))
7808 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
7809 tga
= &htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
;
7810 if (opt
!= NULL
&& tga
!= NULL
)
7812 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7813 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
7814 tga
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7815 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
7817 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
7819 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
7821 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
7822 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
7823 if (htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
7825 htab
->tls_get_addr
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
;
7826 htab
->tls_get_addr
->is_func
= 1;
7829 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7831 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
7832 if (opt
!= NULL
&& desc
!= NULL
)
7834 desc
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7835 desc
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
7836 desc
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7837 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, desc
);
7839 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
7840 desc
->forced_local
);
7841 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
7843 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc
;
7844 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
7845 if (htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
7847 htab
->tga_desc
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
;
7848 htab
->tga_desc
->is_func
= 1;
7854 else if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
< 0)
7855 htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
= 0;
7858 if (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
7859 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
7860 && htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
== -1)
7861 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
= 0;
7863 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (info
->output_bfd
, info
);
7866 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
7867 any of HASH1, HASH2, HASH3, or HASH4. */
7870 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
7871 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7872 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash1
,
7873 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash2
,
7874 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash3
,
7875 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash4
)
7877 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7878 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7879 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7881 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
7883 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
7884 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7886 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
7887 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
7888 if (h
== &hash1
->elf
|| h
== &hash2
->elf
7889 || h
== &hash3
->elf
|| h
== &hash4
->elf
)
7895 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
7896 opportunities. The linker has been hacked (see ppc64elf.em) to do
7897 a preliminary section layout so that we know the TLS segment
7898 offsets. We can't optimize earlier because some optimizations need
7899 to know the tp offset, and we need to optimize before allocating
7900 dynamic relocations. */
7903 ppc64_elf_tls_optimize (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7907 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7908 unsigned char *toc_ref
;
7911 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
7914 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7918 /* Make two passes over the relocs. On the first pass, mark toc
7919 entries involved with tls relocs, and check that tls relocs
7920 involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed followed by
7921 such a call. If they are not, we can't do any tls optimization.
7922 On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to notify
7923 relocate_section that optimization can be done, and adjust got
7924 and plt refcounts. */
7926 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
7927 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7929 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= NULL
;
7930 asection
*toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
7932 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7933 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7935 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7936 bfd_boolean found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
7938 /* Read the relocations. */
7939 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7941 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7947 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7948 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7950 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7951 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7952 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7953 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7955 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
7956 unsigned int tls_set
, tls_clear
, tls_type
= 0;
7958 bfd_boolean ok_tprel
, is_local
;
7959 long toc_ref_index
= 0;
7960 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
7961 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
7963 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7964 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_mask
, &locsyms
,
7968 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7971 if (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
7972 != (unsigned char *) locsyms
)
7979 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7980 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7981 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7982 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
7986 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
7991 /* Symbols referenced by TLS relocs must be of type
7992 STT_TLS. So no need for .opd local sym adjust. */
7993 value
= sym
->st_value
;
7996 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
8000 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8002 else if (sym_sec
!= NULL
8003 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
8005 value
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8006 value
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8007 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8008 /* Note that even though the prefix insns
8009 allow a 1<<33 offset we use the same test
8010 as for addis;addi. There may be a mix of
8011 pcrel and non-pcrel code and the decision
8012 to optimise is per symbol, not per TLS
8014 ok_tprel
= value
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 1ULL << 32;
8018 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8019 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8020 without marker relocs, then check that each
8021 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
8022 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
8023 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
8024 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
8026 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8028 && is_tls_get_addr (h
, htab
)
8029 && !found_tls_get_addr_arg
8030 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
8032 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
8033 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8034 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8039 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8042 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8043 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8044 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
8045 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8046 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8049 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
8050 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8051 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
8052 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
8053 that turns out to be the case. */
8060 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
8063 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8064 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8065 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
8066 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8067 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8070 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
8071 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8077 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
8079 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
8082 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
8083 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
8084 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
8085 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
8086 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8091 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8092 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
8102 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8103 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
8106 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8108 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8109 != R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
))
8111 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
8112 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &locsyms
,
8117 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8119 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
;
8122 if (ent
->addend
== rel
[1].r_addend
)
8126 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8127 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8132 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8137 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8138 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
!= toc
)
8141 /* Mark this toc entry as referenced by a TLS
8142 code sequence. We can do that now in the
8143 case of R_PPC64_TLS, and after checking for
8144 tls_get_addr for the TOC16 relocs. */
8145 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8147 = bfd_zmalloc (toc
->output_section
->rawsize
/ 8);
8148 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8152 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8154 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8155 value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8158 BFD_ASSERT (value
< toc
->size
8159 && toc
->output_offset
% 8 == 0);
8160 toc_ref_index
= (value
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8;
8161 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
8162 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
8163 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
)
8165 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8169 if (pass
!= 0 && toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] == 0)
8174 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
8177 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
8181 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8186 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8187 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8192 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
8196 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8198 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8200 == ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
))
8201 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
8205 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
;
8208 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
| TLS_GDIE
;
8217 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8228 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
8229 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8232 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8233 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
8234 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
8239 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 2)
8241 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
8242 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
8245 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, NULL
, NULL
,
8250 if (toc_tls
!= NULL
)
8252 if ((*toc_tls
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
8253 && ((*toc_tls
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0))
8254 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8256 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8262 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
8263 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
8264 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
8265 the entire optimization. */
8266 /* xgettext:c-format */
8267 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
8268 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8269 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8274 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8275 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
8276 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
8277 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
8278 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
8279 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
8280 Disable optimization in this case. */
8281 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
8282 && (tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0
8283 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8284 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
8285 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
8288 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8290 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8292 if (htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
)
8293 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8296 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8299 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
)
8300 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8303 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8306 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
8307 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8310 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8313 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
8314 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8317 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8321 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8322 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8328 if ((tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0)
8330 struct got_entry
*ent
;
8332 /* Adjust got entry for this reloc. */
8336 ent
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
)[r_symndx
];
8338 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
8339 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
8340 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
8341 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
8348 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
8349 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
8350 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
8355 /* If we got rid of a DTPMOD/DTPREL reloc pair then
8356 we'll lose one or two dyn relocs. */
8357 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, sec
, info
,
8361 if (tls_set
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
))
8363 if (!dec_dynrel_count ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
, sec
, info
,
8369 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
& 0xff;
8370 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
8373 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8378 && (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
!= (unsigned char *) locsyms
))
8380 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
8383 elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
= (unsigned char *) locsyms
;
8388 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
8392 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_edit_toc to adjust
8393 the values of any global symbols in a toc section that has been
8394 edited. Globals in toc sections should be a rarity, so this function
8395 sets a flag if any are found in toc sections other than the one just
8396 edited, so that further hash table traversals can be avoided. */
8398 struct adjust_toc_info
8401 unsigned long *skip
;
8402 bfd_boolean global_toc_syms
;
8405 enum toc_skip_enum
{ ref_from_discarded
= 1, can_optimize
= 2 };
8408 adjust_toc_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8410 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
8411 struct adjust_toc_info
*toc_inf
= (struct adjust_toc_info
*) inf
;
8414 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
8415 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8418 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
8419 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
8422 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== toc_inf
->toc
)
8424 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
> toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
)
8425 i
= toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
8427 i
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
>> 3;
8429 if ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
8432 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"), eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
8435 while ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0);
8436 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
8439 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
-= toc_inf
->skip
[i
];
8440 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
8442 else if (strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->name
, ".toc") == 0)
8443 toc_inf
->global_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
8448 /* Return TRUE iff INSN with a relocation of R_TYPE is one we expect
8449 on a _LO variety toc/got reloc. */
8452 ok_lo_toc_insn (unsigned int insn
, enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
8454 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */
8455 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
8456 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
8457 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
8458 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
8459 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
8460 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
8461 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
8462 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
8463 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
8464 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
8465 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
8466 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
8467 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
8468 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
8469 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq,lfq */
8470 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lxsd,lxssp,lfdp */
8471 /* Exclude lfqu by testing reloc. If relocs are ever
8472 defined for the reduced D field in psq_lu then those
8473 will need testing too. */
8474 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8475 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,lwa */
8477 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 60u << 26 /* stfq */
8478 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* lxv,stx{v,sd,ssp},stfdp */
8479 /* Exclude stfqu. psq_stu as above for psq_lu. */
8480 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8481 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stq */
8482 && (insn
& 1) == 0));
8485 /* PCREL_OPT in one instance flags to the linker that a pair of insns:
8486 pld ra,symbol@got@pcrel
8487 load/store rt,off(ra)
8490 load/store rt,off(ra)
8491 may be translated to
8492 pload/pstore rt,symbol+off@pcrel
8494 This function returns true if the optimization is possible, placing
8495 the prefix insn in *PINSN1, a NOP in *PINSN2 and the offset in *POFF.
8497 On entry to this function, the linker has already determined that
8498 the pld can be replaced with pla: *PINSN1 is that pla insn,
8499 while *PINSN2 is the second instruction. */
8502 xlate_pcrel_opt (uint64_t *pinsn1
, uint64_t *pinsn2
, bfd_signed_vma
*poff
)
8504 uint64_t insn1
= *pinsn1
;
8505 uint64_t insn2
= *pinsn2
;
8508 if ((insn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
8510 /* Check that regs match. */
8511 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8514 /* P8LS or PMLS form, non-pcrel. */
8515 if ((insn2
& (-1ULL << 50) & ~(1ULL << 56)) != (1ULL << 58))
8518 *pinsn1
= (insn2
& ~(31 << 16) & ~0x3ffff0000ffffULL
) | (1ULL << 52);
8520 off
= ((insn2
>> 16) & 0x3ffff0000ULL
) | (insn2
& 0xffff);
8521 *poff
= (off
^ 0x200000000ULL
) - 0x200000000ULL
;
8527 /* Check that regs match. */
8528 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8531 switch ((insn2
>> 26) & 63)
8547 /* These are the PMLS cases, where we just need to tack a prefix
8549 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
8550 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8551 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8554 case 58: /* lwa, ld */
8555 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8557 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8558 | (insn2
& 2 ? 41ULL << 26 : 57ULL << 26)
8559 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8560 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8563 case 57: /* lxsd, lxssp */
8564 if ((insn2
& 3) < 2)
8566 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8567 | ((40ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8568 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8569 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8572 case 61: /* stxsd, stxssp, lxv, stxv */
8573 if ((insn2
& 3) == 0)
8575 else if ((insn2
& 3) >= 2)
8577 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8578 | ((44ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8579 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8580 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8584 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8585 | ((50ULL | (insn2
& 4) | ((insn2
& 8) >> 3)) << 26)
8586 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8587 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8592 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8593 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8594 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8597 case 6: /* lxvp, stxvp */
8598 if ((insn2
& 0xe) != 0)
8600 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8601 | ((insn2
& 1) == 0 ? 58ULL << 26 : 62ULL << 26)
8602 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8603 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8606 case 62: /* std, stq */
8607 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8609 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8610 | ((insn2
& 2) == 0 ? 61ULL << 26 : 60ULL << 26)
8611 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8612 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8617 *pinsn2
= (uint64_t) NOP
<< 32;
8618 *poff
= (off
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
8622 /* Examine all relocs referencing .toc sections in order to remove
8623 unused .toc entries. */
8626 ppc64_elf_edit_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8629 struct adjust_toc_info toc_inf
;
8630 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
8632 htab
->do_toc_opt
= 1;
8633 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
8634 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
8636 asection
*toc
, *sec
;
8637 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8638 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
8639 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *toc_relocs
;
8640 unsigned long *skip
, *drop
;
8641 unsigned char *used
;
8642 unsigned char *keep
, last
, some_unused
;
8644 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
8647 toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
8650 || toc
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
8651 || discarded_section (toc
))
8656 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
8658 /* Look at sections dropped from the final link. */
8661 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
8663 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8664 || !discarded_section (sec
)
8665 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8666 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8667 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8670 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, FALSE
);
8671 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8674 /* Run through the relocs to see which toc entries might be
8676 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8678 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8679 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8681 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8682 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8685 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8692 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8693 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8694 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8695 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8696 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8700 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8701 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8709 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8711 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8712 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8714 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
8717 /* Anything in the toc ought to be aligned to 8 bytes.
8718 If not, don't mark as unused. */
8724 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
8729 skip
[val
>> 3] = ref_from_discarded
;
8732 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8736 /* For largetoc loads of address constants, we can convert
8737 . addis rx,2,addr@got@ha
8738 . ld ry,addr@got@l(rx)
8740 . addis rx,2,addr@toc@ha
8741 . addi ry,rx,addr@toc@l
8742 when addr is within 2G of the toc pointer. This then means
8743 that the word storing "addr" in the toc is no longer needed. */
8745 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
8746 && toc
->output_section
->rawsize
< (bfd_vma
) 1 << 31
8747 && toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
8749 /* Read toc relocs. */
8750 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
8752 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
8755 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8757 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8758 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8760 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8761 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8764 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8765 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
8768 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8769 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8774 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
8775 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
8778 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8783 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8785 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8789 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8791 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8793 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8794 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8796 /* We don't yet know the exact toc pointer value, but we
8797 know it will be somewhere in the toc section. Don't
8798 optimize if the difference from any possible toc
8799 pointer is outside [ff..f80008000, 7fff7fff]. */
8800 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
8801 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
8804 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ toc
->output_section
->rawsize
;
8805 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
8810 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
8815 skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
8816 |= can_optimize
| ((rel
- toc_relocs
) << 2);
8823 used
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*used
) * (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8);
8827 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
8830 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8832 if (elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
8838 /* Now check all kept sections that might reference the toc.
8839 Check the toc itself last. */
8840 for (sec
= (ibfd
->sections
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
8843 sec
= (sec
== toc
? NULL
8844 : sec
->next
== NULL
? toc
8845 : sec
->next
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
8850 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8851 || discarded_section (sec
)
8852 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8853 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8854 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8857 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8859 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8865 /* Mark toc entries referenced as used. */
8869 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8871 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8872 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8874 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8875 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8878 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8882 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8883 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8884 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8885 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8886 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8887 /* In case we're taking addresses of toc entries. */
8888 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
8895 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8896 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8907 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8909 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8910 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8912 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
8915 if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
8922 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8925 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8926 off
= rel
->r_offset
;
8927 off
+= (bfd_big_endian (ibfd
) ? -2 : 3);
8928 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, &opc
,
8934 if ((opc
& (0x3f << 2)) == (58u << 2))
8939 /* Wrong sort of reloc, or not a ld. We may
8940 as well clear ref_from_discarded too. */
8947 /* For the toc section, we only mark as used if this
8948 entry itself isn't unused. */
8949 else if ((used
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
8950 || !(skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
))
8953 /* Do all the relocs again, to catch reference
8962 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8966 /* Merge the used and skip arrays. Assume that TOC
8967 doublewords not appearing as either used or unused belong
8968 to an entry more than one doubleword in size. */
8969 for (drop
= skip
, keep
= used
, last
= 0, some_unused
= 0;
8970 drop
< skip
+ (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8;
8975 *drop
&= ~ref_from_discarded
;
8976 if ((*drop
& can_optimize
) != 0)
8980 else if ((*drop
& ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
8983 last
= ref_from_discarded
;
8993 bfd_byte
*contents
, *src
;
8995 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8996 bfd_boolean local_toc_syms
= FALSE
;
8998 /* Shuffle the toc contents, and at the same time convert the
8999 skip array from booleans into offsets. */
9000 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, toc
, &contents
))
9003 elf_section_data (toc
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
9005 for (src
= contents
, off
= 0, drop
= skip
;
9006 src
< contents
+ toc
->size
;
9009 if ((*drop
& (can_optimize
| ref_from_discarded
)) != 0)
9014 memcpy (src
- off
, src
, 8);
9018 toc
->rawsize
= toc
->size
;
9019 toc
->size
= src
- contents
- off
;
9021 /* Adjust addends for relocs against the toc section sym,
9022 and optimize any accesses we can. */
9023 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9025 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9026 || discarded_section (sec
))
9029 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9031 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9034 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9036 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9037 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9039 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9042 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9049 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9050 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
9051 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9052 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
9053 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9054 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
9058 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9059 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9067 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9070 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9072 local_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
9075 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9077 if (val
> toc
->rawsize
)
9079 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
9081 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
9083 Elf_Internal_Rela
*tocrel
9084 = toc_relocs
+ (skip
[val
>> 3] >> 2);
9085 unsigned long tsym
= ELF64_R_SYM (tocrel
->r_info
);
9089 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9090 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
9093 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9094 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
);
9098 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
9100 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9101 /* xgettext:c-format */
9102 (_("%H: %s references "
9103 "optimized away TOC entry\n"),
9104 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
9105 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
9106 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9109 rel
->r_addend
= tocrel
->r_addend
;
9110 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9114 if (h
!= NULL
|| sym
->st_value
!= 0)
9117 rel
->r_addend
-= skip
[val
>> 3];
9118 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9121 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9125 /* We shouldn't have local or global symbols defined in the TOC,
9126 but handle them anyway. */
9127 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
9128 for (sym
= local_syms
;
9129 sym
< local_syms
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9131 if (sym
->st_value
!= 0
9132 && bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
) == toc
)
9136 if (sym
->st_value
> toc
->rawsize
)
9137 i
= toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
9139 i
= sym
->st_value
>> 3;
9141 if ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
9145 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"),
9146 bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, NULL
));
9149 while ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)));
9150 sym
->st_value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
9153 sym
->st_value
-= skip
[i
];
9154 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9157 /* Adjust any global syms defined in this toc input section. */
9158 if (toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
)
9161 toc_inf
.skip
= skip
;
9162 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= FALSE
;
9163 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_toc_syms
,
9167 if (toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
9169 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9170 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
9173 /* Remove unused toc relocs, and adjust those we keep. */
9174 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9175 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
9177 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9181 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9182 if ((skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
9183 & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) == 0)
9185 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
- skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3];
9186 wrel
->r_info
= rel
->r_info
;
9187 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
9190 else if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, toc
, info
,
9191 &local_syms
, NULL
, NULL
))
9194 elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
= toc_relocs
;
9195 toc
->reloc_count
= wrel
- toc_relocs
;
9196 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (toc
);
9197 sz
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9198 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= toc
->reloc_count
* sz
;
9201 else if (elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
9204 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9205 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9207 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9210 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9215 /* Look for cases where we can change an indirect GOT access to
9216 a GOT relative or PC relative access, possibly reducing the
9217 number of GOT entries. */
9218 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9221 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9222 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
9223 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
9226 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9229 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_optrel
)
9232 sec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
9235 got
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
9238 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9240 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9242 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9243 || !ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
9244 || discarded_section (sec
))
9247 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9249 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9252 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9255 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9260 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9262 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9263 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9264 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9266 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9267 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9269 unsigned char buf
[8];
9271 enum {no_check
, check_lo
, check_ha
} insn_check
;
9273 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9277 insn_check
= no_check
;
9280 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
9281 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
9282 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
9283 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
9284 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
9285 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9286 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9287 insn_check
= check_ha
;
9290 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
9291 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
9292 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
9293 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
9294 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
9295 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
9296 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
9297 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9298 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9299 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9300 insn_check
= check_lo
;
9304 if (insn_check
!= no_check
)
9306 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
9308 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
, off
, 4))
9311 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9312 if (insn_check
== check_lo
9313 ? !ok_lo_toc_insn (insn
, r_type
)
9314 : ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9315 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9319 ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
= 1;
9320 sprintf (str
, "%#08x", insn
);
9321 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9322 /* xgettext:c-format */
9323 (_("%H: got/toc optimization is not supported for"
9324 " %s instruction\n"),
9325 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, str
);
9332 /* Note that we don't delete GOT entries for
9333 R_PPC64_GOT16_DS since we'd need a lot more
9334 analysis. For starters, the preliminary layout is
9335 before the GOT, PLT, dynamic sections and stubs are
9336 laid out. Then we'd need to allow for changes in
9337 distance between sections caused by alignment. */
9341 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9342 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9343 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9347 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9348 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9353 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
9354 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
9357 if ((h
? h
->type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9360 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9364 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9366 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9367 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9368 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
9370 /* Fudge factor to allow for the fact that the preliminary layout
9371 isn't exact. Reduce limits by this factor. */
9372 #define LIMIT_ADJUST(LIMIT) ((LIMIT) - (LIMIT) / 16)
9379 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9380 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9381 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9384 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9385 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9387 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9388 if (((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9389 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9393 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9394 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9395 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9397 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9398 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9400 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9401 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) != 58u << 26 /* ld */)
9405 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9407 pc
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9408 if (val
- pc
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 33)
9409 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 34))
9411 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9412 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 8))
9414 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9415 if ((insn
& (-1u << 18)) != ((1u << 26) | (1u << 20)))
9417 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
+ 4);
9418 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 57u << 26)
9428 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
9429 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
9431 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9432 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
9433 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
9434 && ent
->tls_type
== 0)
9436 BFD_ASSERT (ent
&& ent
->got
.refcount
> 0);
9437 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
9440 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9444 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9445 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9447 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9450 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9457 /* Return true iff input section I references the TOC using
9458 instructions limited to +/-32k offsets. */
9461 ppc64_elf_has_small_toc_reloc (asection
*i
)
9463 return (is_ppc64_elf (i
->owner
)
9464 && ppc64_elf_tdata (i
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
);
9467 /* Allocate space for one GOT entry. */
9470 allocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9471 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9472 struct got_entry
*gent
)
9474 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9475 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9476 int entsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)
9478 int rentsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_GD
9479 ? 2 : 1) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9480 asection
*got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->got
;
9482 gent
->got
.offset
= got
->size
;
9483 got
->size
+= entsize
;
9485 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9487 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rentsize
;
9488 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rentsize
;
9490 else if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
9491 && !(gent
->tls_type
!= 0
9492 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
9493 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9494 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9496 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9497 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9499 asection
*relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->relgot
;
9500 relgot
->size
+= rentsize
;
9504 /* This function merges got entries in the same toc group. */
9507 merge_got_entries (struct got_entry
**pent
)
9509 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
9511 for (ent
= *pent
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9512 if (!ent
->is_indirect
)
9513 for (ent2
= ent
->next
; ent2
!= NULL
; ent2
= ent2
->next
)
9514 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
9515 && ent2
->addend
== ent
->addend
9516 && ent2
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
9517 && elf_gp (ent2
->owner
) == elf_gp (ent
->owner
))
9519 ent2
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
9520 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
9524 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
9527 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9528 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9530 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9532 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
9533 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
9534 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9535 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9538 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
9539 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
9543 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
9547 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9549 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9550 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9552 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
9553 struct got_entry
**pgent
, *gent
;
9555 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9558 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9559 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9563 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9564 /* Run through the TLS GD got entries first if we're changing them
9566 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
))
9567 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9568 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9569 && (gent
->tls_type
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
9571 /* This was a GD entry that has been converted to TPREL. If
9572 there happens to be a TPREL entry we can use that one. */
9573 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9574 for (ent
= h
->got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9575 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9576 && (ent
->tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
) != 0
9577 && ent
->addend
== gent
->addend
9578 && ent
->owner
== gent
->owner
)
9580 gent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
9584 /* If not, then we'll be using our own TPREL entry. */
9585 if (gent
->got
.refcount
!= 0)
9586 gent
->tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
9589 /* Remove any list entry that won't generate a word in the GOT before
9590 we call merge_got_entries. Otherwise we risk merging to empty
9592 pgent
= &h
->got
.glist
;
9593 while ((gent
= *pgent
) != NULL
)
9594 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
9596 if ((gent
->tls_type
& TLS_LD
) != 0
9597 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9599 ppc64_tlsld_got (gent
->owner
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
9600 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9603 pgent
= &gent
->next
;
9606 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9608 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
9609 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
9611 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9612 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
9614 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol should
9616 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9619 if (!is_ppc64_elf (gent
->owner
))
9622 allocate_got (h
, info
, gent
);
9625 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
9626 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
9627 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9628 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9629 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9631 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
9632 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9633 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
9634 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9636 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
9637 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
9638 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9639 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9641 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9643 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
, **pp
;
9645 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
9646 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to
9647 be defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case,
9648 discard space for relocs that have become local due to symbol
9649 visibility changes. */
9650 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9652 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call
9653 insn, or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that
9654 can be generated via assembly. We want calls to
9655 protected symbols to resolve directly to the function
9656 rather than going via the plt. If people want function
9657 pointer comparisons to work as expected then they should
9658 avoid writing weird assembly. */
9659 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9661 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
9663 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
9672 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9674 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9675 should be made dynamic. */
9676 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9681 /* For a fixed position executable, discard space for
9682 relocs against symbols which are not dynamic. */
9683 else if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9685 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
9687 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
9689 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9690 should be made dynamic. */
9691 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9694 /* But if that didn't work out, discard dynamic relocs. */
9695 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
9696 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9699 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9702 /* Finally, allocate space. */
9703 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9705 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
9706 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9707 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9708 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9712 /* We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
9715 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
9716 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
9717 if ((htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9718 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9719 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
9722 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9723 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
9724 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
9725 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
9727 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
9728 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
9729 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
9730 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
9732 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9733 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9735 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9738 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9739 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9740 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9745 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9746 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9747 s
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9752 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
9756 s
->size
+= PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9758 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9760 /* Make room for this entry. */
9761 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9763 /* Make room for the .glink code. */
9766 s
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
);
9769 /* We need bigger stubs past index 32767. */
9770 if (s
->size
>= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + 32768*2*4)
9777 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9778 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9781 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9785 pent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
9788 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
9794 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
9801 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
9802 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
9803 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
9805 ((((v) & 0x3ffff0000ULL) << 16) | (v & 0xffff))
9806 #define HA34(v) ((v + (1ULL << 33)) >> 34)
9808 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
9809 to set up space for global entry stubs. These are put in glink,
9810 after the branch table. */
9813 size_global_entry_stubs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9815 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9816 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9817 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
9820 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9823 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9830 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9834 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
9835 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9836 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
9837 if (pent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
9838 && pent
->addend
== 0)
9840 /* For ELFv2, if this symbol is not defined in a regular file
9841 and we are not generating a shared library or pie, then we
9842 need to define the symbol in the executable on a call stub.
9843 This is to avoid text relocations. */
9844 bfd_vma off
, stub_align
, stub_off
, stub_size
;
9845 unsigned int align_power
;
9849 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
9850 align_power
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
9852 align_power
= -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
9853 /* Setting section alignment is delayed until we know it is
9854 non-empty. Otherwise the .text output section will be
9855 aligned at least to plt_stub_align even when no global
9856 entry stubs are needed. */
9857 if (s
->alignment_power
< align_power
)
9858 s
->alignment_power
= align_power
;
9859 stub_align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << align_power
;
9860 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0
9861 || ((((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)
9862 - (stub_off
& -stub_align
))
9863 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)))
9864 stub_off
= (stub_off
+ stub_align
- 1) & -stub_align
;
9865 off
= pent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
9866 off
-= stub_off
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
9867 /* Note that for --plt-stub-align negative we have a possible
9868 dependency between stub offset and size. Break that
9869 dependency by assuming the max stub size when calculating
9871 if (PPC_HA (off
) == 0)
9873 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
9874 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
9875 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_off
;
9876 s
->size
= stub_off
+ stub_size
;
9882 /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
9883 read-only sections. */
9886 maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9890 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9893 sec
= readonly_dynrelocs (h
);
9896 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9898 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9899 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT'"
9900 " in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
9901 sec
->owner
, h
->root
.root
.string
, sec
);
9903 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
9909 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9912 ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9913 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9915 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9920 struct got_entry
*first_tlsld
;
9922 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9926 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9930 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9932 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9933 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9935 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9938 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
9939 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
9943 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
9945 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9947 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
9948 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
9949 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
9950 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
9951 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
9952 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9953 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9955 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9958 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9960 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
9962 for (p
= elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9964 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
9965 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
9967 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
9968 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
9969 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
9972 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
9974 asection
*srel
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
9976 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9977 srel
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9978 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
9979 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9984 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
9988 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9989 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9990 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
9991 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
9992 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9993 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
9994 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
9995 for (; lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
; ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
)
9997 struct got_entry
**pent
, *ent
;
10000 while ((ent
= *pent
) != NULL
)
10001 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
10003 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
10005 ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
10010 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
10011 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10013 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
10014 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
10019 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
10020 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
10022 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
10023 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
10025 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10026 && !(ent
->tls_type
!= 0
10027 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
10029 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10030 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
10039 /* Allocate space for plt calls to local syms. */
10040 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
10041 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
10043 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10045 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10046 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
10048 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
10050 s
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
10051 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10052 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10053 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10055 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
10056 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
10057 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10060 s
= htab
->pltlocal
;
10061 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10062 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10063 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10064 htab
->relpltlocal
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10068 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10072 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
10073 sym dynamic relocs. */
10074 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
10076 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
10077 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, size_global_entry_stubs
, info
);
10079 first_tlsld
= NULL
;
10080 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10082 struct got_entry
*ent
;
10084 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10087 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
10088 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
10090 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
&& first_tlsld
!= NULL
)
10092 ent
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
10093 ent
->got
.ent
= first_tlsld
;
10097 if (first_tlsld
== NULL
)
10099 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10100 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
10103 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
10105 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10106 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10111 ent
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10114 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
10115 Allocate memory for them. */
10117 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10119 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
10122 if (s
== htab
->brlt
|| s
== htab
->relbrlt
)
10123 /* These haven't been allocated yet; don't strip. */
10125 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
10126 || s
== htab
->elf
.splt
10127 || s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
10128 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
10129 || s
== htab
->glink
10130 || s
== htab
->global_entry
10131 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
10132 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
10134 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
10137 else if (s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
)
10139 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10140 /* Not sized yet. */
10143 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".rela"))
10147 if (s
!= htab
->elf
.srelplt
)
10150 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
10151 to copy relocs into the output file. */
10152 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10157 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
10163 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
10164 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
10165 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
10166 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
10167 before the linker maps input sections to output
10168 sections. The linker does that before
10169 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
10170 function which decides whether anything needs to go
10171 into these sections. */
10172 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10176 if (bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10177 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: discarding dynamic section %s"),
10180 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
10183 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
10184 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
10185 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
10186 but this way if it does we get a R_PPC64_NONE reloc in .rela
10187 sections instead of garbage.
10188 We also rely on the section contents being zero when writing
10189 the GOT and .dynrelro. */
10190 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
10191 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10195 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10197 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10200 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10201 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= htab
->elf
.sgot
)
10204 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10207 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10208 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10212 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10216 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10219 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10220 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10223 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10228 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10230 bfd_boolean tls_opt
;
10232 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
10233 values later, in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
10234 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
10235 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
10236 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
10237 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
10238 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
10240 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
10242 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
10246 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0)
10248 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
10249 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
10250 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
10251 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0)
10252 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_GLINK
, 0))
10256 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& abiversion (output_bfd
) <= 1)
10258 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPD
, 0)
10259 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
, 0))
10263 tls_opt
= (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
10264 && ((htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
10265 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
10266 || (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
10267 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)));
10268 if (tls_opt
|| !htab
->opd_abi
)
10270 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPT
, tls_opt
? PPC64_OPT_TLS
: 0))
10276 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
10277 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
10278 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)))
10281 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
10282 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
10283 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
10284 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, maybe_set_textrel
, info
);
10286 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
10288 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
10293 #undef add_dynamic_entry
10298 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
10301 ppc64_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
10303 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10305 && !h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10308 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
10311 /* Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a call. */
10313 static inline enum ppc_stub_type
10314 ppc_type_of_stub (asection
*input_sec
,
10315 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
10316 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**hash
,
10317 struct plt_entry
**plt_ent
,
10318 bfd_vma destination
,
10319 unsigned long local_off
)
10321 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
= *hash
;
10323 bfd_vma branch_offset
;
10324 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
;
10325 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
10329 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10330 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= h
;
10332 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
10334 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
10338 for (ent
= fdh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10339 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10340 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10343 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10346 /* Here, we know we don't have a plt entry. If we don't have a
10347 either a defined function descriptor or a defined entry symbol
10348 in a regular object file, then it is pointless trying to make
10349 any other type of stub. */
10350 if (!is_static_defined (&fdh
->elf
)
10351 && !is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
10352 return ppc_stub_none
;
10354 else if (elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
10356 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_sec
->owner
);
10357 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
10358 elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10359 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
10361 if (local_plt
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
10363 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10365 for (ent
= local_plt
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10366 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10367 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10370 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10375 /* Determine where the call point is. */
10376 location
= (input_sec
->output_offset
10377 + input_sec
->output_section
->vma
10380 branch_offset
= destination
- location
;
10381 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
10383 /* Determine if a long branch stub is needed. */
10384 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
10385 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
10386 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
10387 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
10388 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
10390 if (branch_offset
+ max_branch_offset
>= 2 * max_branch_offset
- local_off
)
10391 /* We need a stub. Figure out whether a long_branch or plt_branch
10392 is needed later. */
10393 return ppc_stub_long_branch
;
10395 return ppc_stub_none
;
10398 /* Gets the address of a label (1:) in r11 and builds an offset in r12,
10399 then adds it to r11 (LOAD false) or loads r12 from r11+r12 (LOAD true).
10404 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
10405 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
10406 . sldi %r12,%r12,32
10407 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
10408 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
10409 . add/ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
10412 build_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, bfd_boolean load
)
10414 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
10416 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10418 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
10420 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
10422 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10425 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10427 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10430 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10432 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDIS_R12_R11
+ PPC_HA (off
), p
);
10435 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10437 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10442 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10444 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10449 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R12
+ ((off
>> 48) & 0xffff), p
);
10451 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10453 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10457 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10459 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R12_R12_32
, p
);
10462 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10464 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORIS_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_HI (off
), p
);
10467 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10469 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10473 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10475 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10481 static unsigned int
10482 size_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10485 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10487 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10491 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10496 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10499 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10501 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10503 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10510 static unsigned int
10511 num_relocs_for_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10513 unsigned int num_rel
;
10514 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10516 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10521 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
>= 0x1000000000000ULL
10522 && ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10524 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10526 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10532 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10533 emit_relocs_for_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
,
10534 bfd_vma roff
, bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
)
10536 bfd_vma relative_targ
= targ
- (roff
- 8);
10537 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
10539 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10540 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10541 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10542 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16
);
10543 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10545 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HA
);
10548 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10549 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10550 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10554 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10555 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10558 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
);
10559 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10563 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10564 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10565 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10568 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10570 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10574 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10575 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
);
10576 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10578 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10582 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10583 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10584 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10591 build_power10_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
,
10595 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10600 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, NOP
, p
);
10606 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
;
10608 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10610 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10612 /* The minimum value for paddi is -0x200000000. The minimum value
10613 for li is -0x8000, which when shifted by 34 and added gives a
10614 minimum value of -0x2000200000000. The maximum value is
10615 0x1ffffffff+0x7fff<<34 which is 0x2000200000000-1. */
10616 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10619 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10623 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10626 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10627 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10629 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10633 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10637 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10639 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10644 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R11
| ((HA34 (off
) >> 16) & 0x3fff), p
);
10646 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R11_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10650 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10653 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10654 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10656 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10660 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10664 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10666 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10672 static unsigned int
10673 size_power10_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10675 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10677 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10683 static unsigned int
10684 num_relocs_for_power10_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10686 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10688 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10694 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10695 emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10696 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, bfd_vma roff
,
10697 bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10699 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10701 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10703 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
10704 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10705 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 - odd
- d_offset
;
10706 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
10712 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
10713 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10714 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 + odd
- d_offset
;
10715 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
);
10718 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10719 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 4 + odd
- d_offset
;
10720 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
10724 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10725 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
10726 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL34
);
10730 /* Emit .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10733 eh_advance (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*eh
, unsigned int delta
)
10737 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ delta
;
10738 else if (delta
< 256)
10740 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
10743 else if (delta
< 65536)
10745 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
10746 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
10751 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
10752 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
10758 /* Size of required .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10760 static unsigned int
10761 eh_advance_size (unsigned int delta
)
10763 if (delta
< 64 * 4)
10764 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc+[1..63]. */
10766 if (delta
< 256 * 4)
10767 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc1, byte. */
10769 if (delta
< 65536 * 4)
10770 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc2, 2 bytes. */
10772 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc4, 4 bytes. */
10776 /* With power7 weakly ordered memory model, it is possible for ld.so
10777 to update a plt entry in one thread and have another thread see a
10778 stale zero toc entry. To avoid this we need some sort of acquire
10779 barrier in the call stub. One solution is to make the load of the
10780 toc word seem to appear to depend on the load of the function entry
10781 word. Another solution is to test for r2 being zero, and branch to
10782 the appropriate glink entry if so.
10784 . fake dep barrier compare
10785 . ld 12,xxx(2) ld 12,xxx(2)
10786 . mtctr 12 mtctr 12
10787 . xor 11,12,12 ld 2,xxx+8(2)
10788 . add 2,2,11 cmpldi 2,0
10789 . ld 2,xxx+8(2) bnectr+
10790 . bctr b <glink_entry>
10792 The solution involving the compare turns out to be faster, so
10793 that's what we use unless the branch won't reach. */
10795 #define ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP 0
10796 #define ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE 0
10798 static inline unsigned int
10799 plt_stub_size (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10800 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10805 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10807 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
10809 bfd_vma start
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
10810 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
10811 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
10812 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
> ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10814 size
= 8 + size_power10_offset (off
, start
& 4);
10817 size
= 8 + size_offset (off
- 8);
10818 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
> ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10824 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10825 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10827 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
10832 if (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
)
10834 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
10835 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10836 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10837 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
10839 if (PPC_HA (off
+ 8 + 8 * htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (off
))
10842 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10843 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
10844 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
10846 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
10849 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10855 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10862 /* Depending on the sign of plt_stub_align:
10863 If positive, return the padding to align to a 2**plt_stub_align
10865 If negative, if this stub would cross fewer 2**plt_stub_align
10866 boundaries if we align, then return the padding needed to do so. */
10868 static inline unsigned int
10869 plt_stub_pad (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10870 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10874 unsigned stub_size
;
10875 bfd_vma stub_off
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
10877 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
10879 stub_align
= 1 << htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10880 if ((stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1)) != 0)
10881 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
10885 stub_align
= 1 << -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10886 stub_size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, plt_off
);
10887 if (((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
) - (stub_off
& -stub_align
)
10888 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
))
10889 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
10893 /* Build a .plt call stub. */
10895 static inline bfd_byte
*
10896 build_plt_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10897 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10898 bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma offset
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
)
10900 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
10901 bfd_boolean plt_load_toc
= htab
->opd_abi
;
10902 bfd_boolean plt_static_chain
= htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
;
10903 bfd_boolean plt_thread_safe
= (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
10904 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10905 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10906 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1);
10907 bfd_boolean use_fake_dep
= plt_thread_safe
;
10908 bfd_vma cmp_branch_off
= 0;
10910 if (!ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP
10913 && !(is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
10914 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
))
10916 bfd_vma pltoff
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
10917 bfd_vma pltindex
= ((pltoff
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
10918 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
));
10919 bfd_vma glinkoff
= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + pltindex
* 8;
10922 if (pltindex
> 32768)
10923 glinkoff
+= (pltindex
- 32768) * 4;
10925 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
10926 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
10927 from
= (p
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
10928 + 4 * (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10929 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10930 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
10931 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
)
10932 != PPC_HA (offset
))
10933 + 4 * (plt_static_chain
!= 0)
10935 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
10936 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
10937 cmp_branch_off
= to
- from
;
10938 use_fake_dep
= cmp_branch_off
+ (1 << 25) >= (1 << 26);
10941 if (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
10945 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10946 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10947 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
10948 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
10949 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
10950 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10951 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
10954 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
10956 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
10957 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
);
10958 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
10962 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
10963 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10964 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
10965 if (plt_static_chain
)
10967 r
[3].r_offset
= r
[2].r_offset
+ 4;
10968 r
[3].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10969 r
[3].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 16;
10974 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10975 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10976 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
10979 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R11_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10980 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10984 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10985 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10988 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
10990 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R11_R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10993 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
10998 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R2_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
10999 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R11_R11_R2
, p
), p
+= 4;
11001 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
11002 if (plt_static_chain
)
11003 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
11010 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11011 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11012 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11013 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11016 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11018 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11019 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16
);
11020 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11024 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
11025 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11026 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
;
11027 if (plt_static_chain
)
11029 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
11030 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11031 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
11036 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11037 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11038 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
11039 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11041 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11043 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11046 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11051 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R11_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11052 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R2_R2_R11
, p
), p
+= 4;
11054 if (plt_static_chain
)
11055 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
11056 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
11059 if (plt_load_toc
&& plt_thread_safe
&& !use_fake_dep
)
11061 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPLDI_R2_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11062 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BNECTR_P4
, p
), p
+= 4;
11063 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, B_DOT
| (cmp_branch_off
& 0x3fffffc), p
), p
+= 4;
11066 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11070 /* Build a special .plt call stub for __tls_get_addr. */
11072 #define LD_R0_0R3 0xe8030000
11073 #define LD_R12_0R3 0xe9830000
11074 #define MR_R0_R3 0x7c601b78
11075 #define CMPDI_R0_0 0x2c200000
11076 #define ADD_R3_R12_R13 0x7c6c6a14
11077 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
11078 #define MR_R3_R0 0x7c030378
11079 #define BCTRL 0x4e800421
11081 static inline bfd_byte
*
11082 build_tls_get_addr_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11083 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11084 bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma offset
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
)
11086 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11090 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R3
+ 0, p
), p
+= 4;
11091 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R3
+ 8, p
), p
+= 4;
11092 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPDI_R0_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11093 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R0_R3
, p
), p
+= 4;
11094 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R3_R12_R13
, p
), p
+= 4;
11095 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BEQLR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11096 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R3_R0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11097 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11100 r
[0].r_offset
+= 7 * 4;
11101 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11102 return build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11104 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
11106 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11110 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2 * 4;
11111 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11112 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11114 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11116 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11118 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
11120 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
11125 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11128 r
[0].r_offset
+= 18 * 4;
11130 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11131 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11133 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11135 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11139 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11142 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11143 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11145 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11147 base
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17;
11148 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11149 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11151 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11152 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- 20 - loc
);
11153 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11154 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 16;
11155 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11156 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11158 *eh
++ = -(STK_LINKER (htab
) / 8) & 0x7f;
11159 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
11163 unsigned int cfa_updt
, delta
;
11164 /* After the bctrl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
11165 .eh_frame info saying the return address is on the stack. In
11166 fact we must put the EH info at or before the call rather
11167 than after it, because the EH info for a call needs to be
11168 specified by that point.
11169 See libgcc/unwind-dw2.c execute_cfa_program.
11170 Any stack pointer update must be described immediately after
11171 the instruction making the change, and since the stdu occurs
11172 after saving regs we put all the reg saves and the cfa
11174 cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
11175 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11176 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
11177 = stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
) - 4;
11178 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11179 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11187 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11189 *eh
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
11190 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11192 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
11193 *eh
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
11195 *eh
++ = (DW_CFA_advance_loc
11196 + (stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
- 8 - cfa_updt
) / 4);
11197 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11199 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11200 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
11201 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11203 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11205 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11210 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
11211 get_relocs (asection
*sec
, int count
)
11213 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
11214 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elfsec_data
;
11216 elfsec_data
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11217 relocs
= elfsec_data
->relocs
;
11218 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11220 bfd_size_type relsize
;
11221 relsize
= sec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*relocs
);
11222 relocs
= bfd_alloc (sec
->owner
, relsize
);
11223 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11225 elfsec_data
->relocs
= relocs
;
11226 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
,
11227 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
11228 if (elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
)
11230 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
= (sec
->reloc_count
11231 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11232 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
11233 sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
11235 relocs
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
11236 sec
->reloc_count
+= count
;
11240 /* Convert the relocs R[0] thru R[-NUM_REL+1], which are all no-symbol
11241 forms, to the equivalent relocs against the global symbol given by
11245 use_global_in_relocs (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11246 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11247 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, unsigned int num_rel
)
11249 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hashes
;
11250 unsigned long symndx
;
11251 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11254 /* Relocs are always against symbols in their own object file. Fake
11255 up global sym hashes for the stub bfd (which has no symbols). */
11256 hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
);
11257 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11259 bfd_size_type hsize
;
11261 /* When called the first time, stub_globals will contain the
11262 total number of symbols seen during stub sizing. After
11263 allocating, stub_globals is used as an index to fill the
11265 hsize
= (htab
->stub_globals
+ 1) * sizeof (*hashes
);
11266 hashes
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, hsize
);
11267 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11269 elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
) = hashes
;
11270 htab
->stub_globals
= 1;
11272 symndx
= htab
->stub_globals
++;
11274 hashes
[symndx
] = &h
->elf
;
11275 if (h
->oh
!= NULL
&& h
->oh
->is_func
)
11276 h
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
11277 BFD_ASSERT (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11278 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
11279 symval
= defined_sym_val (&h
->elf
);
11280 while (num_rel
-- != 0)
11282 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (symndx
, ELF64_R_TYPE (r
->r_info
));
11283 if (h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
!= stub_entry
->target_section
)
11285 /* H is an opd symbol. The addend must be zero, and the
11286 branch reloc is the only one we can convert. */
11291 r
->r_addend
-= symval
;
11298 get_r2off (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11299 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
)
11301 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11302 bfd_vma r2off
= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
;
11306 /* Support linking -R objects. Get the toc pointer from the
11309 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
11311 asection
*opd
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
11312 bfd_vma opd_off
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
11314 if (strcmp (opd
->name
, ".opd") != 0
11315 || opd
->reloc_count
!= 0)
11317 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11318 (_("%P: cannot find opd entry toc for `%pT'\n"),
11319 stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
11320 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11321 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11323 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (opd
->owner
, opd
, buf
, opd_off
+ 8, 8))
11324 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11325 r2off
= bfd_get_64 (opd
->owner
, buf
);
11326 r2off
-= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
11328 r2off
-= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
;
11333 ppc_build_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11335 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11336 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
11337 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11338 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11340 bfd_byte
*p
, *relp
;
11342 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
;
11347 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11348 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11351 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
11352 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
11353 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
11354 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
11355 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11356 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign '%pA' to an output section. "
11357 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11358 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11360 /* Same for the group. */
11361 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
11362 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
11363 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11364 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
11365 "output section. Retry without "
11366 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11367 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11368 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11370 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11374 BFD_ASSERT (stub_entry
->stub_offset
>= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
);
11375 loc
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11377 htab
->stub_count
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1] += 1;
11378 switch (stub_entry
->stub_type
)
11380 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
11381 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
11382 /* Branches are relative. This is where we are going to. */
11383 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11384 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11385 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11386 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11388 /* And this is where we are coming from. */
11389 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11390 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11391 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11395 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
11397 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11399 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11401 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11404 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11406 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11408 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11409 ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11412 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11414 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11415 ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11420 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, B_DOT
| (off
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
11423 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
11426 (_("long branch stub `%s' offset overflow"),
11427 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11428 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11432 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11434 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1);
11437 r
->r_offset
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11438 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11439 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11440 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11441 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, 1))
11446 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
11447 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
11448 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
11449 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
11451 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
11453 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't find branch stub `%s'"),
11454 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11455 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11459 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11460 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11461 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11462 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11463 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11465 bfd_put_64 (htab
->brlt
->owner
, targ
,
11466 htab
->brlt
->contents
+ br_entry
->offset
);
11468 if (br_entry
->iter
== htab
->stub_iteration
)
11470 br_entry
->iter
= 0;
11472 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
11474 /* Create a reloc for the branch lookup table entry. */
11475 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11478 rela
.r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11479 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11480 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11481 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11482 rela
.r_addend
= targ
;
11484 rl
= htab
->relbrlt
->contents
;
11485 rl
+= (htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
++
11486 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11487 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
, &rela
, rl
);
11489 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11491 r
= get_relocs (htab
->brlt
, 1);
11494 /* brlt, being SEC_LINKER_CREATED does not go through the
11495 normal reloc processing. Symbols and offsets are not
11496 translated from input file to output file form, so
11497 set up the offset per the output file. */
11498 r
->r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11499 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11500 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11501 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11502 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11506 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
11507 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11508 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11510 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11511 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11514 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11516 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11517 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11518 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11519 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11520 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11524 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11526 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0));
11529 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11530 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11531 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11532 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11533 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11534 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11535 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11536 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11538 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
11539 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11540 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11541 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11546 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11548 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11550 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11551 ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11553 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11554 LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11557 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11558 LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11562 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11564 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11566 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11570 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11572 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11574 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11575 ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11577 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11578 LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11581 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11583 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11586 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11587 ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11589 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11592 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11593 ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11597 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11599 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11603 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
11604 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
11605 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
11606 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
11607 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
11608 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
11610 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11611 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11612 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11613 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
11614 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
11615 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11618 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11621 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
11623 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11624 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11627 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11628 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11629 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
11630 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
11632 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11633 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11635 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11637 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11640 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11641 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11642 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11648 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
11650 bfd_boolean load
= stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
;
11651 p
= build_power10_offset (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, p
, off
, odd
, load
);
11655 /* The notoc stubs calculate their target (either a PLT entry or
11656 the global entry point of a function) relative to the PC
11657 returned by the "bcl" two instructions past the start of the
11658 sequence emitted by build_offset. The offset is therefore 8
11659 less than calculated from the start of the sequence. */
11661 p
= build_offset (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, p
, off
,
11662 stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
);
11665 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11669 from
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11670 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11671 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
11673 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11674 B_DOT
| ((targ
- from
) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
11678 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11680 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11684 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11686 bfd_vma roff
= relp
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11687 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
11688 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
11691 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_offset (off
);
11694 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, num_rel
);
11697 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
11698 r
= emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
, odd
);
11700 r
= emit_relocs_for_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
);
11701 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
11702 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11705 roff
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11706 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
11707 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11708 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11709 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11710 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, num_rel
))
11715 if (!htab
->power10_stubs
11716 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11717 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11719 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11720 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11722 base
= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
11723 + stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17);
11724 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11725 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
11726 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
11727 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
11728 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11730 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11731 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
11732 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11733 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
11736 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11737 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11739 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11743 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
11744 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
11745 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11746 && stub_entry
->h
->is_func_descriptor
11747 && stub_entry
->h
->oh
!= NULL
)
11749 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (stub_entry
->h
->oh
);
11751 /* If the old-ABI "dot-symbol" is undefined make it weak so
11752 we don't get a link error from RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL. */
11753 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
11754 && (stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11755 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11756 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
;
11759 /* Now build the stub. */
11760 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11761 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11764 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11765 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11766 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
11767 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
11769 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11770 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11772 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11774 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11776 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11777 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11780 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11782 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11783 /* xgettext:c-format */
11784 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11785 stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11786 ? stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
11788 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11789 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11794 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11796 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11797 ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11799 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
11800 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
11804 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11805 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11806 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11807 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11809 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11810 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
11811 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
11812 p
= build_tls_get_addr_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, loc
, off
, r
);
11814 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, loc
, off
, r
);
11817 case ppc_stub_save_res
:
11825 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
);
11827 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
11829 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11832 const char *const stub_str
[] = { "long_branch",
11845 len1
= strlen (stub_str
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1]);
11846 len2
= strlen (stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11847 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ 2);
11850 memcpy (name
, stub_entry
->root
.string
, 9);
11851 memcpy (name
+ 9, stub_str
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1], len1
);
11852 memcpy (name
+ len1
+ 9, stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 8, len2
- 8 + 1);
11853 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
11856 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
11858 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
11859 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
11860 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11861 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
11862 h
->def_regular
= 1;
11863 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
11864 h
->forced_local
= 1;
11866 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
11873 /* As above, but don't actually build the stub. Just bump offset so
11874 we know stub section sizes, and select plt_branch stubs where
11875 long_branch stubs won't do. */
11878 ppc_size_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11880 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11881 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11882 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11884 bfd_vma targ
, off
, r2off
;
11885 unsigned int size
, extra
, lr_used
, delta
, odd
;
11887 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11888 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11891 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11895 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
11896 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
11897 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
11898 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
11899 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11900 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign %pA to an output section. "
11901 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11902 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11904 /* Same for the group. */
11905 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
11906 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
11907 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11908 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
11909 "output section. Retry without "
11910 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11911 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11912 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11914 /* Make a note of the offset within the stubs for this entry. */
11915 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
11917 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11918 && stub_entry
->h
->save_res
11919 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11920 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
11922 /* Don't make stubs to out-of-line register save/restore
11923 functions. Instead, emit copies of the functions. */
11924 stub_entry
->group
->needs_save_res
= 1;
11925 stub_entry
->stub_type
= ppc_stub_save_res
;
11929 switch (stub_entry
->stub_type
)
11931 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
11932 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
11933 /* Reset the stub type from the plt branch variant in case we now
11934 can reach with a shorter stub. */
11935 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
11936 /* Fall through. */
11937 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
11938 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
11939 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11940 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11941 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11942 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11943 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11944 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11945 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11949 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
11951 r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11952 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11954 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11958 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11960 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11966 /* If the branch offset is too big, use a ppc_stub_plt_branch.
11967 Do the same for -R objects without function descriptors. */
11968 if ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
11970 && htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
== 0)
11971 || off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
11973 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
11975 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
11976 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
11978 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
11980 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't build branch stub `%s'"),
11981 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11982 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11986 if (br_entry
->iter
!= htab
->stub_iteration
)
11988 br_entry
->iter
= htab
->stub_iteration
;
11989 br_entry
->offset
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
11990 htab
->brlt
->size
+= 8;
11992 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
11993 htab
->relbrlt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
11994 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11996 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
+= 1;
11997 htab
->brlt
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12001 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
12002 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
12003 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
12004 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12005 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12008 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12010 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
12011 += 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0);
12012 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12015 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_plt_branch
- ppc_stub_long_branch
;
12016 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
12019 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12025 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12028 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
12030 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
12034 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12036 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= 1;
12037 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12041 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
12042 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
12043 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
12044 /* Fall through. */
12045 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
12046 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
12047 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12048 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12049 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12051 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
12054 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
12055 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
12056 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
12060 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12062 unsigned int num_rel
;
12063 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
12064 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12066 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12067 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12068 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12071 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
12072 extra
= size_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12074 extra
= size_offset (off
- 8);
12075 /* Include branch insn plus those in the offset sequence. */
12077 /* The branch insn is at the end, or "extra" bytes along. So
12078 its offset will be "extra" bytes less that that already
12082 if (!htab
->power10_stubs
)
12084 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12085 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12086 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
12087 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
12089 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12090 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12091 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12092 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12093 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12094 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12097 /* If the branch can't reach, use a plt_branch. */
12098 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
12100 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= (ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
12101 - ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
);
12104 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12105 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+=1;
12108 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
12109 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
12110 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12111 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12112 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12113 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12115 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
12116 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12119 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12120 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
12121 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
12122 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
12124 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12125 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12127 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12129 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12133 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12135 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12137 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= pad
;
12138 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12142 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12144 unsigned int num_rel
;
12145 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
12146 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12148 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12149 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12150 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12153 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12155 if (!htab
->power10_stubs
)
12157 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12158 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12159 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
12160 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12162 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12163 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12164 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12165 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12166 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12167 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12171 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
12172 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
12173 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~(bfd_vma
) 1;
12174 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12176 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12177 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
12178 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
12179 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
12181 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12182 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12184 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12186 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12188 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12189 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12192 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12194 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12196 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= pad
;
12197 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12200 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12202 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
12203 += ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12205 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
12206 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
12208 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12211 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12213 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12214 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
12215 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
12216 && stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
12218 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
12220 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ size
- 20;
12221 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc
12222 or variant, DW_CFA_offset_externed_sf, 65, -stackoff,
12223 DW_CFA_advance_loc+4, DW_CFA_restore_extended, 65. */
12224 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12225 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12229 /* Adjustments to r1 need to be described. */
12230 unsigned int cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
12231 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12232 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
);
12233 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= htab
->opd_abi
? 36 : 35;
12235 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= size
- 4;
12244 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= size
;
12248 /* Set up various things so that we can make a list of input sections
12249 for each output section included in the link. Returns -1 on error,
12250 0 when no stubs will be needed, and 1 on success. */
12253 ppc64_elf_setup_section_lists (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12257 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12262 htab
->sec_info_arr_size
= _bfd_section_id
;
12263 amt
= sizeof (*htab
->sec_info
) * (htab
->sec_info_arr_size
);
12264 htab
->sec_info
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
12265 if (htab
->sec_info
== NULL
)
12268 /* Set toc_off for com, und, abs and ind sections. */
12269 for (id
= 0; id
< 3; id
++)
12270 htab
->sec_info
[id
].toc_off
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12275 /* Set up for first pass at multitoc partitioning. */
12278 ppc64_elf_start_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12280 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12282 htab
->toc_curr
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (info
, info
->output_bfd
);
12283 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12284 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12287 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each TOC input section
12288 and linker generated GOT section. Group input bfds such that the toc
12289 within a group is less than 64k in size. */
12292 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12294 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12295 bfd_vma addr
, off
, limit
;
12300 if (!htab
->second_toc_pass
)
12302 /* Keep track of the first .toc or .got section for this input bfd. */
12303 bfd_boolean new_bfd
= htab
->toc_bfd
!= isec
->owner
;
12307 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12308 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12311 addr
= isec
->output_offset
+ isec
->output_section
->vma
;
12312 off
= addr
- htab
->toc_curr
;
12313 limit
= 0x80008000;
12314 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (isec
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
)
12316 if (off
+ isec
->size
> limit
)
12318 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12319 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12320 htab
->toc_curr
= addr
;
12321 htab
->toc_curr
&= -TOC_BASE_ALIGN
;
12324 /* toc_curr is the base address of this toc group. Set elf_gp
12325 for the input section to be the offset relative to the
12326 output toc base plus 0x8000. Making the input elf_gp an
12327 offset allows us to move the toc as a whole without
12328 recalculating input elf_gp. */
12329 off
= htab
->toc_curr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12330 off
+= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12332 /* Die if someone uses a linker script that doesn't keep input
12333 file .toc and .got together. */
12335 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0
12336 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != off
)
12339 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12343 /* During the second pass toc_first_sec points to the start of
12344 a toc group, and toc_curr is used to track the old elf_gp.
12345 We use toc_bfd to ensure we only look at each bfd once. */
12346 if (htab
->toc_bfd
== isec
->owner
)
12348 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12350 if (htab
->toc_first_sec
== NULL
12351 || htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (isec
->owner
))
12353 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12354 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12356 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12357 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12358 off
= addr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12359 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12364 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to merge GOT entries for global
12368 merge_global_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12370 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12373 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
12378 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to allocate GOT entries for global
12382 reallocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
12384 struct got_entry
*gent
;
12386 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12389 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
12390 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
12391 allocate_got (h
, (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
, gent
);
12395 /* Called on the first multitoc pass after the last call to
12396 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section. This function removes duplicate GOT
12400 ppc64_elf_layout_multitoc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12402 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12403 struct bfd
*ibfd
, *ibfd2
;
12404 bfd_boolean done_something
;
12406 htab
->multi_toc_needed
= htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12408 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
12411 /* Merge global sym got entries within a toc group. */
12412 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, merge_global_got
, info
);
12414 /* And tlsld_got. */
12415 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12417 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
12419 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12422 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12423 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12424 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12426 for (ibfd2
= ibfd
->link
.next
; ibfd2
!= NULL
; ibfd2
= ibfd2
->link
.next
)
12428 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd2
))
12431 ent2
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd2
);
12432 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
12433 && ent2
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
12434 && elf_gp (ibfd2
) == elf_gp (ibfd
))
12436 ent2
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
12437 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
12443 /* Zap sizes of got sections. */
12444 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12445 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
-= htab
->got_reli_size
;
12446 htab
->got_reli_size
= 0;
12448 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12450 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
12452 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12455 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12458 got
->rawsize
= got
->size
;
12460 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12461 relgot
->rawsize
= relgot
->size
;
12466 /* Now reallocate the got, local syms first. We don't need to
12467 allocate section contents again since we never increase size. */
12468 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12470 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
12471 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
12472 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
12473 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
12474 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
12475 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
12476 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12479 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12482 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
12486 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
12487 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12488 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
12489 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
12490 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
12491 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
12492 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12493 for (; lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
; ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
)
12495 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12497 for (ent
= *lgot_ents
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
12499 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
12500 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12502 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12503 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
12508 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
12509 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
12511 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
12512 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
12514 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12515 && !(ent
->tls_type
!= 0
12516 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
12518 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12519 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
12525 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, reallocate_got
, info
);
12527 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12529 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12531 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12534 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12535 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12536 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12538 asection
*s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12539 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12541 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
12543 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12544 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12549 done_something
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
!= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12550 if (!done_something
)
12551 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12555 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12558 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12561 done_something
= got
->rawsize
!= got
->size
;
12562 if (done_something
)
12567 if (done_something
)
12568 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
12570 /* Set up for second pass over toc sections to recalculate elf_gp
12571 on input sections. */
12572 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12573 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12574 htab
->second_toc_pass
= TRUE
;
12575 return done_something
;
12578 /* Called after second pass of multitoc partitioning. */
12581 ppc64_elf_finish_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12583 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12585 /* After the second pass, toc_curr tracks the TOC offset used
12586 for code sections below in ppc64_elf_next_input_section. */
12587 htab
->toc_curr
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12590 /* No toc references were found in ISEC. If the code in ISEC makes no
12591 calls, then there's no need to use toc adjusting stubs when branching
12592 into ISEC. Actually, indirect calls from ISEC are OK as they will
12593 load r2. Returns -1 on error, 0 for no stub needed, 1 for stub
12594 needed, and 2 if a cyclical call-graph was found but no other reason
12595 for a stub was detected. If called from the top level, a return of
12596 2 means the same as a return of 0. */
12599 toc_adjusting_stub_needed (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12603 /* Mark this section as checked. */
12604 isec
->call_check_done
= 1;
12606 /* We know none of our code bearing sections will need toc stubs. */
12607 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
12610 if (isec
->size
== 0)
12613 if (isec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12617 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
12619 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
12620 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
12621 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12623 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (isec
->owner
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12624 info
->keep_memory
);
12625 if (relstart
== NULL
)
12628 /* Look for branches to outside of this section. */
12630 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12634 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ isec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
12636 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
12637 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12638 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12639 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
12640 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
12642 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
12646 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
12647 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
12648 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
12649 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
12650 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
12651 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
12652 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
12653 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
12656 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
12657 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
, r_symndx
,
12664 /* Calls to dynamic lib functions go through a plt call stub
12666 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
12668 && (eh
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
12670 && ppc_follow_link (eh
->oh
)->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)))
12676 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
12677 /* Ignore other undefined symbols. */
12680 /* Assume branches to other sections not included in the
12681 link need stubs too, to cover -R and absolute syms. */
12682 if (sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12689 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
12692 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
12693 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12695 sym_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12697 sym_value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
12699 /* If this branch reloc uses an opd sym, find the code section. */
12700 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
12703 if (h
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
12707 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
12709 /* Assume deleted functions won't ever be called. */
12711 sym_value
+= adjust
;
12714 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
12715 &sym_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
12716 if (dest
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12721 + sym_sec
->output_offset
12722 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12724 /* Ignore branch to self. */
12725 if (sym_sec
== isec
)
12728 /* If the called function uses the toc, we need a stub. */
12729 if (sym_sec
->has_toc_reloc
12730 || sym_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12736 /* Assume any branch that needs a long branch stub might in fact
12737 need a plt_branch stub. A plt_branch stub uses r2. */
12738 else if (dest
- (isec
->output_offset
12739 + isec
->output_section
->vma
12740 + rel
->r_offset
) + (1 << 25)
12741 >= (2u << 25) - PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
12749 /* If calling back to a section in the process of being
12750 tested, we can't say for sure that no toc adjusting stubs
12751 are needed, so don't return zero. */
12752 else if (sym_sec
->call_check_in_progress
)
12755 /* Branches to another section that itself doesn't have any TOC
12756 references are OK. Recursively call ourselves to check. */
12757 else if (!sym_sec
->call_check_done
)
12761 /* Mark current section as indeterminate, so that other
12762 sections that call back to current won't be marked as
12764 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
12765 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, sym_sec
);
12766 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
12777 if (elf_symtab_hdr (isec
->owner
).contents
12778 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
12780 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
12785 && isec
->map_head
.s
!= NULL
12786 && (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
12787 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
12789 if (isec
->map_head
.s
->has_toc_reloc
12790 || isec
->map_head
.s
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12792 else if (!isec
->map_head
.s
->call_check_done
)
12795 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
12796 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
->map_head
.s
);
12797 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
12804 isec
->makes_toc_func_call
= 1;
12809 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each input section,
12810 in the order that input sections are linked into output sections.
12811 Build lists of input sections to determine groupings between which
12812 we may insert linker stubs. */
12815 ppc64_elf_next_input_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12817 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12822 if ((isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
12823 && isec
->output_section
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
12825 /* This happens to make the list in reverse order,
12826 which is what we want. */
12827 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].u
.list
12828 = htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
;
12829 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
= isec
;
12832 if (htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
12834 /* Analyse sections that aren't already flagged as needing a
12835 valid toc pointer. Exclude .fixup for the linux kernel.
12836 .fixup contains branches, but only back to the function that
12837 hit an exception. */
12838 if (!(isec
->has_toc_reloc
12839 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
12840 || strcmp (isec
->name
, ".fixup") == 0
12841 || isec
->call_check_done
))
12843 if (toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
) < 0)
12846 /* Make all sections use the TOC assigned for this object file.
12847 This will be wrong for pasted sections; We fix that in
12848 check_pasted_section(). */
12849 if (elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0)
12850 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12853 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].toc_off
= htab
->toc_curr
;
12857 /* Check that all .init and .fini sections use the same toc, if they
12858 have toc relocs. */
12861 check_pasted_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, const char *name
)
12863 asection
*o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (info
->output_bfd
, name
);
12867 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12868 bfd_vma toc_off
= 0;
12871 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12872 if (i
->has_toc_reloc
)
12875 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
12876 else if (toc_off
!= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
)
12881 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12882 if (i
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12884 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
12888 /* Make sure the whole pasted function uses the same toc offset. */
12890 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12891 htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
= toc_off
;
12897 ppc64_elf_check_init_fini (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12899 return (check_pasted_section (info
, ".init")
12900 & check_pasted_section (info
, ".fini"));
12903 /* See whether we can group stub sections together. Grouping stub
12904 sections may result in fewer stubs. More importantly, we need to
12905 put all .init* and .fini* stubs at the beginning of the .init or
12906 .fini output sections respectively, because glibc splits the
12907 _init and _fini functions into multiple parts. Putting a stub in
12908 the middle of a function is not a good idea. */
12911 group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12912 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
,
12913 bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch
)
12915 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12917 bfd_boolean suppress_size_errors
;
12919 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12923 suppress_size_errors
= FALSE
;
12924 if (stub_group_size
== 1)
12926 /* Default values. */
12927 if (stubs_always_before_branch
)
12928 stub_group_size
= 0x1e00000;
12930 stub_group_size
= 0x1c00000;
12931 suppress_size_errors
= TRUE
;
12934 for (osec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; osec
!= NULL
; osec
= osec
->next
)
12938 if (osec
->id
>= htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
12941 tail
= htab
->sec_info
[osec
->id
].u
.list
;
12942 while (tail
!= NULL
)
12946 bfd_size_type total
;
12947 bfd_boolean big_sec
;
12949 struct map_stub
*group
;
12950 bfd_size_type group_size
;
12953 total
= tail
->size
;
12954 group_size
= (ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
) != NULL
12955 && ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
)->has_14bit_branch
12956 ? stub_group_size
>> 10 : stub_group_size
);
12958 big_sec
= total
> group_size
;
12959 if (big_sec
&& !suppress_size_errors
)
12960 /* xgettext:c-format */
12961 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB section %pA exceeds stub group size"),
12962 tail
->owner
, tail
);
12963 curr_toc
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].toc_off
;
12965 while ((prev
= htab
->sec_info
[curr
->id
].u
.list
) != NULL
12966 && ((total
+= curr
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
12967 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
12968 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
12969 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10) : group_size
))
12970 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
12973 /* OK, the size from the start of CURR to the end is less
12974 than group_size and thus can be handled by one stub
12975 section. (or the tail section is itself larger than
12976 group_size, in which case we may be toast.) We should
12977 really be keeping track of the total size of stubs added
12978 here, as stubs contribute to the final output section
12979 size. That's a little tricky, and this way will only
12980 break if stubs added make the total size more than 2^25,
12981 ie. for the default stub_group_size, if stubs total more
12982 than 2097152 bytes, or nearly 75000 plt call stubs. */
12983 group
= bfd_alloc (curr
->owner
, sizeof (*group
));
12986 group
->link_sec
= curr
;
12987 group
->stub_sec
= NULL
;
12988 group
->needs_save_res
= 0;
12989 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
12990 group
->eh_size
= 0;
12991 group
->eh_base
= 0;
12992 group
->next
= htab
->group
;
12993 htab
->group
= group
;
12996 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
12997 /* Set up this stub group. */
12998 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
13000 while (tail
!= curr
&& (tail
= prev
) != NULL
);
13002 /* But wait, there's more! Input sections up to group_size
13003 bytes before the stub section can be handled by it too.
13004 Don't do this if we have a really large section after the
13005 stubs, as adding more stubs increases the chance that
13006 branches may not reach into the stub section. */
13007 if (!stubs_always_before_branch
&& !big_sec
)
13010 while (prev
!= NULL
13011 && ((total
+= tail
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
13012 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
13013 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
13014 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10)
13016 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
13019 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
13020 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
13029 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
13031 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
13032 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
13033 1, /* CIE version. */
13034 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
13035 4, /* Code alignment. */
13036 0x78, /* Data alignment. */
13038 1, /* Augmentation size. */
13039 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
13040 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
13043 /* Stripping output sections is normally done before dynamic section
13044 symbols have been allocated. This function is called later, and
13045 handles cases like htab->brlt which is mapped to its own output
13049 maybe_strip_output (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
13051 if (isec
->size
== 0
13052 && isec
->output_section
->size
== 0
13053 && !(isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
)
13054 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (info
->output_bfd
,
13055 isec
->output_section
)
13056 && elf_section_data (isec
->output_section
)->dynindx
== 0)
13058 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13059 bfd_section_list_remove (info
->output_bfd
, isec
->output_section
);
13060 info
->output_bfd
->section_count
--;
13064 /* Determine and set the size of the stub section for a final link.
13066 The basic idea here is to examine all the relocations looking for
13067 PC-relative calls to a target that is unreachable with a "bl"
13071 ppc64_elf_size_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13073 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
;
13074 bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch
;
13075 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13080 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1 && !bfd_link_executable (info
))
13081 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 1;
13082 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
13083 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 0;
13084 else if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1)
13086 static const char *const thread_starter
[] =
13090 "_ZNSt6thread15_M_start_threadESt10shared_ptrINS_10_Impl_baseEE",
13092 "aio_init", "aio_read", "aio_write", "aio_fsync", "lio_listio",
13093 "mq_notify", "create_timer",
13098 "GOMP_parallel_start",
13099 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static",
13100 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static_start",
13101 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic",
13102 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic_start",
13103 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided",
13104 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided_start",
13105 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime",
13106 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime_start",
13107 "GOMP_parallel_sections",
13108 "GOMP_parallel_sections_start",
13114 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (thread_starter
); i
++)
13116 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13117 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, thread_starter
[i
],
13118 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13119 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= h
!= NULL
&& h
->ref_regular
;
13120 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
)
13124 stubs_always_before_branch
= htab
->params
->group_size
< 0;
13125 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
13126 stub_group_size
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
13128 stub_group_size
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
13130 if (!group_sections (info
, stub_group_size
, stubs_always_before_branch
))
13133 htab
->tga_group
= NULL
;
13134 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
13135 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
13136 && (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
13137 || htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
13138 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
13139 && is_static_defined (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
))
13141 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
, *stub_sec
;
13143 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13145 sym_sec
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13146 sym_value
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
13147 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13148 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13150 opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
, &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
13151 htab
->tga_group
= htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].u
.group
;
13152 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (".tga_desc.stub",
13153 htab
->tga_group
->link_sec
);
13154 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
13156 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
13158 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
13159 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
13160 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
13161 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
13162 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
13163 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
13164 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
, TRUE
);
13167 #define STUB_SHRINK_ITER 20
13168 /* Loop until no stubs added. After iteration 20 of this loop we may
13169 exit on a stub section shrinking. This is to break out of a
13170 pathological case where adding stubs on one iteration decreases
13171 section gaps (perhaps due to alignment), which then requires
13172 fewer or smaller stubs on the next iteration. */
13177 unsigned int bfd_indx
;
13178 struct map_stub
*group
;
13180 htab
->stub_iteration
+= 1;
13182 for (input_bfd
= info
->input_bfds
, bfd_indx
= 0;
13184 input_bfd
= input_bfd
->link
.next
, bfd_indx
++)
13186 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13188 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
13190 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
13193 /* We'll need the symbol table in a second. */
13194 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
13195 if (symtab_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
13198 /* Walk over each section attached to the input bfd. */
13199 for (section
= input_bfd
->sections
;
13201 section
= section
->next
)
13203 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
, *irelaend
, *irela
;
13205 /* If there aren't any relocs, then there's nothing more
13207 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13208 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
13209 || (section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
13210 || (section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
13211 || section
->reloc_count
== 0)
13214 /* If this section is a link-once section that will be
13215 discarded, then don't create any stubs. */
13216 if (section
->output_section
== NULL
13217 || section
->output_section
->owner
!= info
->output_bfd
)
13220 /* Get the relocs. */
13222 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, section
, NULL
, NULL
,
13223 info
->keep_memory
);
13224 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13225 goto error_ret_free_local
;
13227 /* Now examine each relocation. */
13228 irela
= internal_relocs
;
13229 irelaend
= irela
+ section
->reloc_count
;
13230 for (; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++)
13232 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
13233 unsigned int r_indx
;
13234 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
13235 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
13236 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
;
13237 bfd_vma sym_value
, code_value
;
13238 bfd_vma destination
;
13239 unsigned long local_off
;
13240 bfd_boolean ok_dest
;
13241 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash
;
13242 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
13243 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13244 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
13246 const asection
*id_sec
;
13247 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13248 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
13250 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
->r_info
);
13251 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
13253 if (r_type
>= R_PPC64_max
)
13255 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13256 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13259 /* Only look for stubs on branch instructions. */
13260 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
13261 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
13262 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
13263 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
13264 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
13267 /* Now determine the call target, its name, value,
13269 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13270 r_indx
, input_bfd
))
13271 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13272 hash
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
13279 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
13280 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
13281 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13284 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13285 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13287 sym_value
= hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13288 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13291 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
13292 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13294 /* Recognise an old ABI func code entry sym, and
13295 use the func descriptor sym instead if it is
13297 if (hash
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
13298 && hash
->oh
!= NULL
)
13300 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (hash
->oh
);
13301 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13302 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13304 sym_sec
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13305 sym_value
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13306 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13315 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13316 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13323 sym_value
+= irela
->r_addend
;
13324 destination
= (sym_value
13325 + sym_sec
->output_offset
13326 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
13327 local_off
= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (hash
13332 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13333 code_value
= sym_value
;
13334 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13339 if (hash
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
13341 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
13344 code_value
+= adjust
;
13345 sym_value
+= adjust
;
13347 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
13348 &code_sec
, &code_value
, FALSE
);
13349 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13351 destination
= dest
;
13354 /* Fixup old ABI sym to point at code
13356 hash
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defweak
;
13357 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= code_sec
;
13358 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= code_value
;
13363 /* Determine what (if any) linker stub is needed. */
13365 stub_type
= ppc_type_of_stub (section
, irela
, &hash
,
13366 &plt_ent
, destination
,
13369 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
13371 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13372 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
;
13373 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
13374 || (code_sec
!= NULL
13375 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13376 && (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13377 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13378 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
13379 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
;
13381 else if (stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13383 /* Check whether we need a TOC adjusting stub.
13384 Since the linker pastes together pieces from
13385 different object files when creating the
13386 _init and _fini functions, it may be that a
13387 call to what looks like a local sym is in
13388 fact a call needing a TOC adjustment. */
13389 if ((code_sec
!= NULL
13390 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13391 && (htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].toc_off
13392 != htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].toc_off
)
13393 && (code_sec
->has_toc_reloc
13394 || code_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
))
13395 || (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13396 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13397 == 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
))
13398 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
;
13401 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_none
)
13404 /* __tls_get_addr calls might be eliminated. */
13405 if (stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
13406 && stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
13408 && is_tls_get_addr (&hash
->elf
, htab
)
13409 && section
->has_tls_reloc
13410 && irela
!= internal_relocs
)
13412 /* Get tls info. */
13413 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
13415 if (!get_tls_mask (&tls_mask
, NULL
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13416 irela
- 1, input_bfd
))
13417 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13418 if ((*tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
13419 && (*tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) == 0)
13423 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13426 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
13427 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&hash
->elf
))
13428 htab
->has_plt_localentry0
= 1;
13429 else if (irela
+ 1 < irelaend
13430 && irela
[1].r_offset
== irela
->r_offset
+ 4
13431 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
[1].r_info
)
13432 == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
))
13434 if (!tocsave_find (htab
, INSERT
,
13435 &local_syms
, irela
+ 1, input_bfd
))
13436 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13439 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
;
13442 /* Support for grouping stub sections. */
13443 id_sec
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
->link_sec
;
13445 /* Get the name of this stub. */
13446 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (id_sec
, sym_sec
, hash
, irela
);
13448 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13450 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
13451 stub_name
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13452 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
13454 enum ppc_stub_type old_type
;
13455 /* A stub has already been created, but it may
13456 not be the required type. We shouldn't be
13457 transitioning from plt_call to long_branch
13458 stubs or vice versa, but we might be
13459 upgrading from plt_call to plt_call_r2save or
13460 from long_branch to long_branch_r2off. */
13462 old_type
= stub_entry
->stub_type
;
13468 case ppc_stub_save_res
:
13471 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
13472 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
13473 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
13474 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
13475 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13477 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
13479 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
13480 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
;
13482 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
13484 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
13485 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
;
13491 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
13492 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
13493 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
13494 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
13495 old_type
+= (ppc_stub_long_branch
13496 - ppc_stub_plt_branch
);
13497 /* Fall through. */
13498 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
13499 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
13500 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
13501 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
13502 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
)
13504 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
13506 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
)
13507 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
;
13509 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
)
13511 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
13512 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
;
13518 if (old_type
< stub_type
)
13519 stub_entry
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13523 stub_entry
= ppc_add_stub (stub_name
, section
, info
);
13524 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
13527 error_ret_free_internal
:
13528 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
== NULL
)
13529 free (internal_relocs
);
13530 error_ret_free_local
:
13531 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
13532 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13537 stub_entry
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13538 if (stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
13539 && stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
13541 stub_entry
->target_value
= sym_value
;
13542 stub_entry
->target_section
= sym_sec
;
13546 stub_entry
->target_value
= code_value
;
13547 stub_entry
->target_section
= code_sec
;
13549 stub_entry
->h
= hash
;
13550 stub_entry
->plt_ent
= plt_ent
;
13551 stub_entry
->symtype
13552 = hash
? hash
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
13553 stub_entry
->other
= hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
;
13556 && (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13557 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
13558 htab
->stub_globals
+= 1;
13561 /* We're done with the internal relocs, free them. */
13562 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13563 free (internal_relocs
);
13566 if (local_syms
!= NULL
13567 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13569 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
13572 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
13576 /* We may have added some stubs. Find out the new size of the
13578 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13580 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
13581 group
->eh_size
= 0;
13582 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
13584 asection
*stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
13586 if (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13587 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
)
13588 /* Past STUB_SHRINK_ITER, rawsize is the max size seen. */
13589 stub_sec
->rawsize
= stub_sec
->size
;
13590 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
13591 stub_sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
13592 stub_sec
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
13595 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
13597 /* See emit_tga_desc and emit_tga_desc_eh_frame. */
13598 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
13599 = 1 + 2 + (htab
->opd_abi
!= 0) + 3 + 8 * 2 + 3 + 8 + 3;
13600 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
13601 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
13604 if (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13605 || htab
->brlt
->rawsize
< htab
->brlt
->size
)
13606 htab
->brlt
->rawsize
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
13607 htab
->brlt
->size
= 0;
13608 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
13609 htab
->brlt
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
13610 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
13611 htab
->relbrlt
->size
= 0;
13613 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_size_one_stub
, info
);
13615 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13616 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
13617 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
13619 if (info
->emitrelocations
13620 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13622 htab
->glink
->reloc_count
= 1;
13623 htab
->glink
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
13626 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
13627 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
13628 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->size
> 8)
13630 size_t size
= 0, align
= 4;
13632 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13633 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
13634 size
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
;
13635 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13636 size
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
13638 size
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
13639 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
13640 size
= (size
+ align
- 1) & -align
;
13641 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
;
13642 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
;
13645 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
13646 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13647 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
13649 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
13650 group
->stub_sec
->size
13651 = (group
->stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
13654 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13655 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
13656 && group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
!= group
->stub_sec
->size
13657 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13658 || group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
< group
->stub_sec
->size
))
13662 && (htab
->brlt
->rawsize
== htab
->brlt
->size
13663 || (htab
->stub_iteration
> STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13664 && htab
->brlt
->rawsize
> htab
->brlt
->size
))
13665 && (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
13666 || htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
)
13667 && (htab
->tga_group
== NULL
13668 || htab
->stub_iteration
> 1))
13671 /* Ask the linker to do its stuff. */
13672 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
13675 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
13676 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
13679 bfd_byte
*p
, *last_fde
;
13680 size_t last_fde_len
, size
, align
, pad
;
13681 struct map_stub
*group
;
13683 /* It is necessary to at least have a rough outline of the
13684 linker generated CIEs and FDEs written before
13685 bfd_elf_discard_info is run, in order for these FDEs to be
13686 indexed in .eh_frame_hdr. */
13687 p
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->owner
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
13690 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
= p
;
13694 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
13695 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
13696 last_fde_len
= ((sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13697 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13698 p
+= last_fde_len
+ 4;
13700 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13701 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
13703 group
->eh_base
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13705 last_fde_len
= ((group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13707 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13710 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13711 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
13713 /* Offset to stub section, written later. */
13715 /* stub section size. */
13716 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, group
->stub_sec
->size
, p
);
13718 /* Augmentation. */
13720 /* Make sure we don't have all nops. This is enough for
13721 elf-eh-frame.c to detect the last non-nop opcode. */
13722 p
[group
->eh_size
- 1] = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 1;
13723 p
= last_fde
+ last_fde_len
+ 4;
13725 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13728 last_fde_len
= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13730 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13733 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13734 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
13736 /* Offset to .glink, written later. */
13739 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
- 8, p
);
13741 /* Augmentation. */
13744 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 1;
13745 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
13747 *p
++ = htab
->opd_abi
? 12 : 0;
13748 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ (htab
->opd_abi
? 5 : 7);
13749 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
13751 p
+= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 24;
13753 /* Subsume any padding into the last FDE if user .eh_frame
13754 sections are aligned more than glink_eh_frame. Otherwise any
13755 zero padding will be seen as a terminator. */
13756 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
13757 size
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13758 pad
= ((size
+ align
- 1) & -align
) - size
;
13759 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
+ pad
;
13760 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
+ pad
, last_fde
);
13763 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->brlt
);
13764 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
13765 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->relbrlt
);
13766 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
)
13767 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
);
13772 /* Called after we have determined section placement. If sections
13773 move, we'll be called again. Provide a value for TOCstart. */
13776 ppc64_elf_set_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*obfd
)
13779 bfd_vma TOCstart
, adjust
;
13783 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13784 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13786 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
13787 && htab
->hgot
!= NULL
)
13791 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, ".TOC.", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13792 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
13796 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13797 && !h
->root
.linker_def
13798 && (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
13799 || h
->def_regular
))
13801 TOCstart
= defined_sym_val (h
) - TOC_BASE_OFF
;
13802 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
13807 /* The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, .plt in that
13808 order. The TOC starts where the first of these sections starts. */
13809 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".got");
13810 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13811 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".toc");
13812 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13813 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".tocbss");
13814 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13815 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".plt");
13816 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13818 /* This may happen for
13819 o references to TOC base (SYM@toc / TOC[tc0]) without a
13821 o bad linker script
13822 o --gc-sections and empty TOC sections
13824 FIXME: Warn user? */
13826 /* Look for a likely section. We probably won't even be
13828 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13829 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_READONLY
13831 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
13834 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13835 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
13836 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
13839 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13840 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
13844 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13845 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
13851 TOCstart
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
13853 /* Force alignment. */
13854 adjust
= TOCstart
& (TOC_BASE_ALIGN
- 1);
13855 TOCstart
-= adjust
;
13856 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
13858 if (info
!= NULL
&& s
!= NULL
)
13860 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13864 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
13866 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
;
13867 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
13872 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
13873 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, obfd
, ".TOC.", BSF_GLOBAL
,
13874 s
, TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
,
13875 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &bh
);
13881 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_build_stubs to
13882 write out any global entry stubs, and PLT relocations. */
13885 build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13887 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13888 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13889 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
13892 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
13896 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13900 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
13901 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13903 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage
13904 table. Set it up. */
13905 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
13906 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
13909 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
13910 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
13912 if (!(h
->def_regular
13913 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13914 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)))
13916 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
13918 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
13919 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
13920 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
13922 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
13924 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
13928 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
13929 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
13931 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
13933 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
13935 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
13940 rela
.r_addend
= defined_sym_val (h
) + ent
->addend
;
13942 if (relplt
== NULL
)
13944 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
13945 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
13948 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
13949 toc
+= htab
->sec_info
[h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
].toc_off
;
13950 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
13955 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
13956 + plt
->output_offset
13957 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
13958 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
13959 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
13960 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
13965 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
13966 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
13967 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
13968 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
13969 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->addend
;
13970 loc
= (htab
->elf
.srelplt
->contents
13971 + ((ent
->plt
.offset
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
13972 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)));
13973 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
13974 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
13975 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
13979 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
13982 if (h
->def_regular
)
13985 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
13986 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
13989 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
13990 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
13991 && ent
->addend
== 0)
13997 p
= s
->contents
+ h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13998 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
13999 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
14000 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
14002 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14003 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14005 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14007 off
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
14008 off
-= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
14010 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 3) != 0)
14012 info
->callbacks
->einfo
14013 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
14014 h
->root
.root
.string
);
14015 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
14016 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14019 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1] += 1;
14020 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14022 size_t len
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
14023 char *name
= bfd_malloc (sizeof "12345678.global_entry." + len
);
14028 sprintf (name
, "%08x.global_entry.%s", s
->id
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
14029 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
14032 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
14034 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14035 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
14036 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= p
- s
->contents
;
14037 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
14038 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14039 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
14040 h
->forced_local
= 1;
14042 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14046 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
14048 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, ADDIS_R12_R12
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
14051 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
14053 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14055 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
14061 /* Write PLT relocs for locals. */
14064 write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14066 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14069 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
14071 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
, **end_lgot_ents
;
14072 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
14073 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14074 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
14075 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
14076 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
14078 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
14081 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
14085 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
14086 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
14087 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
14088 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
14089 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
14090 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
14091 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14092 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
14094 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14096 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
14100 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
14101 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
14103 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14108 val
= sym
->st_value
+ ent
->addend
;
14109 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14110 val
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (sym
->st_other
);
14111 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
14112 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
14114 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14116 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
14117 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14118 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
14122 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14123 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
14126 if (relplt
== NULL
)
14128 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
14129 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
14132 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (ibfd
);
14133 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
14138 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
14139 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
14140 + plt
->output_offset
14141 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
14142 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14145 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
14147 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
14152 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14154 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
14156 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
14157 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
14158 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
14159 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14163 if (local_syms
!= NULL
14164 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14166 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
14169 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
14175 /* Emit the static wrapper function preserving registers around a
14176 __tls_get_addr_opt call. */
14179 emit_tga_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
14181 asection
*stub_sec
= htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
;
14182 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14184 bfd_vma to
, from
, delta
;
14186 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14187 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== stub_sec
14188 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
== 0);
14189 to
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
14190 from
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
) + cfa_updt
;
14192 if (delta
+ (1 << 25) >= 1 << 26)
14194 _bfd_error_handler (_("__tls_get_addr call offset overflow"));
14195 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14199 p
= stub_sec
->contents
;
14200 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14201 bfd_put_32 (stub_sec
->owner
, B_DOT
| 1 | (delta
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
14203 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14204 return stub_sec
->size
== (bfd_size_type
) (p
- stub_sec
->contents
);
14207 /* Emit eh_frame describing the static wrapper function. */
14210 emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
, bfd_byte
*p
)
14212 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14215 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ cfa_updt
/ 4;
14216 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14224 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
14226 *p
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
14227 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14229 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
14230 *p
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
14232 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 10;
14233 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14235 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14236 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
14237 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
14238 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
14243 /* Build all the stubs associated with the current output file.
14244 The stubs are kept in a hash table attached to the main linker
14245 hash table. This function is called via gldelf64ppc_finish. */
14248 ppc64_elf_build_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14251 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14252 struct map_stub
*group
;
14253 asection
*stub_sec
;
14255 int stub_sec_count
= 0;
14260 /* Allocate memory to hold the linker stubs. */
14261 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14263 group
->eh_size
= 0;
14264 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
14265 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
14266 && stub_sec
->size
!= 0)
14268 stub_sec
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
14270 if (stub_sec
->contents
== NULL
)
14272 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
14276 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14281 /* Build the .glink plt call stub. */
14282 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14284 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14285 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
14286 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
14289 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
14291 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14292 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
14293 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 8;
14294 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
14295 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14296 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
14297 h
->forced_local
= 1;
14299 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14302 plt0
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
14303 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
14305 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
14307 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
= get_relocs (htab
->glink
, 1);
14310 r
->r_offset
= (htab
->glink
->output_offset
14311 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
14312 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL64
);
14313 r
->r_addend
= plt0
;
14315 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
14316 plt0
-= htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->glink
->output_offset
;
14317 bfd_put_64 (htab
->glink
->owner
, plt0
, p
);
14321 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
14323 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
14325 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
14327 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc), p
);
14329 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
14331 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R2_R11
, p
);
14333 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
14335 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| 8, p
);
14337 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14339 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 16, p
);
14344 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
14346 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
14348 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
14350 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, STD_R2_0R1
+ 24, p
);
14352 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc), p
);
14354 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
14356 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SUB_R12_R12_R11
, p
);
14358 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R2_R11
, p
);
14360 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADDI_R0_R12
| (-48 & 0xffff), p
);
14362 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
14364 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SRDI_R0_R0_2
, p
);
14366 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14368 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 8, p
);
14371 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
14373 BFD_ASSERT (p
== htab
->glink
->contents
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
));
14375 /* Build the .glink lazy link call stubs. */
14377 while (p
< htab
->glink
->contents
+ htab
->glink
->size
)
14383 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LI_R0_0
| indx
, p
);
14388 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LIS_R0_0
| PPC_HI (indx
), p
);
14390 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ORI_R0_R0_0
| PPC_LO (indx
),
14395 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
,
14396 B_DOT
| ((htab
->glink
->contents
- p
+ 8) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
14402 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
14404 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
14405 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
14406 if (!emit_tga_desc (htab
))
14408 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14409 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14413 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14414 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14416 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
= emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (htab
, p
) - p
;
14420 /* Build .glink global entry stubs, and PLT relocs for globals. */
14421 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt
, info
);
14423 if (!write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (info
))
14426 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->brlt
->size
!= 0)
14428 htab
->brlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->brlt
->owner
,
14430 if (htab
->brlt
->contents
== NULL
)
14433 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->relbrlt
->size
!= 0)
14435 htab
->relbrlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
,
14436 htab
->relbrlt
->size
);
14437 if (htab
->relbrlt
->contents
== NULL
)
14441 /* Build the stubs as directed by the stub hash table. */
14442 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_build_one_stub
, info
);
14444 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14445 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14446 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
14448 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
14449 htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
14451 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
14452 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14453 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
14455 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
14456 stub_sec
->size
= (stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
14459 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14460 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14462 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
14463 memcpy (stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
,
14464 htab
->sfpr
->contents
, htab
->sfpr
->size
);
14465 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14469 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
14470 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], stub_sec
))
14475 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14476 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14481 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14482 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14484 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14485 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
14487 /* Offset to stub section. */
14488 val
= (group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
14489 + group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
);
14490 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
14491 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
14492 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
14493 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
14496 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
14497 group
->stub_sec
->name
);
14500 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
14501 p
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + 3) & -4;
14503 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14505 /* Offset to .glink. */
14506 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
14507 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
14509 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
14510 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
14511 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
14512 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
14515 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
14516 htab
->glink
->name
);
14519 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
14520 p
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
14524 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14525 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
14527 stub_sec_count
+= 1;
14528 if (stub_sec
->rawsize
!= stub_sec
->size
14529 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
14530 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
))
14536 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14537 _bfd_error_handler (_("stubs don't match calculated size"));
14540 if (htab
->stub_error
)
14546 if (asprintf (&groupmsg
,
14547 ngettext ("linker stubs in %u group\n",
14548 "linker stubs in %u groups\n",
14550 stub_sec_count
) < 0)
14554 if (asprintf (stats
, _("%s"
14556 " branch toc adj %lu\n"
14557 " branch notoc %lu\n"
14558 " branch both %lu\n"
14559 " long branch %lu\n"
14560 " long toc adj %lu\n"
14561 " long notoc %lu\n"
14564 " plt call save %lu\n"
14565 " plt call notoc %lu\n"
14566 " plt call both %lu\n"
14567 " global entry %lu"),
14569 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch
- 1],
14570 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
- 1],
14571 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
- 1],
14572 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_both
- 1],
14573 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch
- 1],
14574 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
- 1],
14575 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
- 1],
14576 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
- 1],
14577 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call
- 1],
14578 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
- 1],
14579 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
- 1],
14580 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_both
- 1],
14581 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1]) < 0)
14589 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
14590 discarded sections. */
14592 static unsigned int
14593 ppc64_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
14595 if (strcmp (".opd", sec
->name
) == 0)
14598 if (strcmp (".toc", sec
->name
) == 0)
14601 if (strcmp (".toc1", sec
->name
) == 0)
14604 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
14607 /* These are the dynamic relocations supported by glibc. */
14610 ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
14614 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
14616 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
14617 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
14618 case R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
:
14619 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
14620 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
14621 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
14622 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
14623 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
14624 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
14625 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
14626 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
14627 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
14628 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
14629 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
14630 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
14631 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
14632 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
14633 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
14634 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
14635 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
14636 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
14637 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
14638 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
14639 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
14640 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
14641 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
14642 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
14644 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
14645 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
14646 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
14647 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
14648 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
14649 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
14650 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
14651 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
14652 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
14653 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
14654 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
14655 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
14656 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
14657 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
14658 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
14659 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
14667 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
14668 to handle the relocations for a section.
14670 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
14671 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
14674 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
14675 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
14676 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
14679 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
14680 address or the reloc symbol index.
14682 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
14684 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
14685 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
14687 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
14688 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
14690 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
14691 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
14692 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
14693 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
14697 ppc64_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
14698 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14700 asection
*input_section
,
14701 bfd_byte
*contents
,
14702 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
14703 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
14704 asection
**local_sections
)
14706 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14707 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14708 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
14709 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
14710 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
14711 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
14712 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
14714 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
;
14716 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
14717 bfd_boolean is_opd
;
14718 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
14719 bfd_boolean is_isa_v2
= TRUE
;
14720 bfd_boolean warned_dynamic
= FALSE
;
14721 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
14723 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
14724 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
14727 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14731 /* Don't relocate stub sections. */
14732 if (input_section
->owner
== htab
->params
->stub_bfd
)
14735 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
14737 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
14741 local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (input_bfd
);
14742 TOCstart
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
14743 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
14744 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
14745 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
14747 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
14748 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
14749 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
14751 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
14753 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
14754 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14756 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h_elf
;
14757 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14758 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
14759 const char *sym_name
;
14760 unsigned long r_symndx
, toc_symndx
;
14761 bfd_vma toc_addend
;
14762 unsigned char tls_mask
, tls_gd
, tls_type
;
14763 unsigned char sym_type
;
14764 bfd_vma relocation
;
14765 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
14766 bfd_boolean warned
;
14767 enum { DEST_NORMAL
, DEST_OPD
, DEST_STUB
} reloc_dest
;
14770 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
14771 bfd_vma max_br_offset
;
14773 Elf_Internal_Rela orig_rel
;
14774 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
14775 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
14782 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
14783 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
14785 /* For old style R_PPC64_TOC relocs with a zero symbol, use the
14786 symbol of the previous ADDR64 reloc. The symbol gives us the
14787 proper TOC base to use. */
14788 if (rel
->r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC
)
14790 && ELF64_R_TYPE (wrel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
14792 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (wrel
[-1].r_info
);
14798 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
14801 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
14803 /* It's a local symbol. */
14804 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
14806 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
14807 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
14808 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
14809 sym_type
= ELF64_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
14810 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
14811 opd
= get_opd_info (sec
);
14812 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
14814 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
14820 /* If this is a relocation against the opd section sym
14821 and we have edited .opd, adjust the reloc addend so
14822 that ld -r and ld --emit-relocs output is correct.
14823 If it is a reloc against some other .opd symbol,
14824 then the symbol value will be adjusted later. */
14825 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
14826 rel
->r_addend
+= adjust
;
14828 relocation
+= adjust
;
14834 bfd_boolean ignored
;
14836 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
14837 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
14838 h_elf
, sec
, relocation
,
14839 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
14840 sym_name
= h_elf
->root
.root
.string
;
14841 sym_type
= h_elf
->type
;
14843 && sec
->owner
== output_bfd
14844 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
14846 /* This is a symbol defined in a linker script. All
14847 such are defined in output sections, even those
14848 defined by simple assignment from a symbol defined in
14849 an input section. Transfer the symbol to an
14850 appropriate input .opd section, so that a branch to
14851 this symbol will be mapped to the location specified
14852 by the opd entry. */
14853 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
14854 for (lo
= sec
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
14855 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14857 asection
*isec
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14858 if (h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
>= isec
->output_offset
14859 && h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
< (isec
->output_offset
14862 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= isec
->output_offset
;
14863 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.section
= isec
;
14870 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h_elf
);
14872 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
14874 _bfd_clear_contents (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
],
14875 input_bfd
, input_section
,
14876 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
14877 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
14879 wrel
->r_addend
= 0;
14881 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
14882 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
14883 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
14884 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
14885 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
14886 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
14892 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14895 if (h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
14897 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
14898 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14899 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
14902 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
14903 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
14904 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
14905 for the final instruction stream. */
14910 tls_mask
= h
->tls_mask
;
14911 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
14913 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
14914 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
14915 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
14916 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
14917 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
14919 if (((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0 || tls_mask
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
14920 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
14921 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
14922 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
14924 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
14925 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
14927 if (!get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
14928 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
14932 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
14935 /* Check that tls relocs are used with tls syms, and non-tls
14936 relocs are used with non-tls syms. */
14937 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
14938 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
14940 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14941 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
14942 && IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
) != (sym_type
== STT_TLS
))
14944 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14945 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
14946 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
14947 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
14948 /* R_PPC64_TLS is OK against a symbol in the TOC. */
14951 info
->callbacks
->einfo
14952 (!IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
)
14953 /* xgettext:c-format */
14954 ? _("%H: %s used with TLS symbol `%pT'\n")
14955 /* xgettext:c-format */
14956 : _("%H: %s used with non-TLS symbol `%pT'\n"),
14957 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
14958 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
14962 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
14963 if (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
+ 1
14964 || R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
!= R_PPC64_TOC16
+ 1
14965 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
14966 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
14967 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
14968 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
14969 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
& 3)
14970 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
& 3)
14971 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
14972 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
14980 case R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
:
14981 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
14982 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 58u << 26)
14984 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
14985 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
14986 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
14987 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
14990 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
14991 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
14992 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
14993 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
14995 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
14996 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
14999 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
15000 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
);
15006 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
15007 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
15008 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
)
15010 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15011 && (tls_mask
& (TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
)) == 0)
15016 /* If we found a GD reloc pair, then we might be
15017 doing a GD->IE transition. */
15021 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15022 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15025 else if (retval
== 3)
15027 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15028 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15036 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
15037 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
15038 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15039 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15041 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
15042 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15043 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15044 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15048 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
15049 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
15050 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15051 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15054 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15055 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15057 insn
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis 0,13,0 */
15058 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
15059 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15060 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15061 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15063 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15064 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15065 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15066 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15070 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15074 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
15075 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15076 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15078 /* pld ra,sym@got@tprel@pcrel -> paddi ra,r13,sym@tprel */
15079 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15081 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15082 pinsn
+= ((2ULL << 56) + (-1ULL << 52)
15083 + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26) + (13ULL << 16));
15084 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15085 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15086 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15087 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15088 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15089 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15094 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15095 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15097 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15098 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 13);
15101 if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 0)
15103 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15104 /* Was PPC64_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
15105 PPC64_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
15106 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
15107 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15108 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15110 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15111 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15112 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15113 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15117 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15119 else if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 1)
15121 /* For pcrel IE to LE we already have the full
15122 offset and thus don't need an addi here. A nop
15124 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14 << 26)
15126 /* Extract regs from addi rt,ra,si. */
15127 unsigned int rt
= (insn
>> 21) & 0x1f;
15128 unsigned int ra
= (insn
>> 16) & 0x1f;
15133 /* Build or ra,rs,rb with rb==rs, ie. mr ra,rs. */
15134 insn
= (rt
<< 16) | (ra
<< 21) | (ra
<< 11);
15135 insn
|= (31u << 26) | (444u << 1);
15138 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- 1);
15143 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
15144 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
15146 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15150 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
15151 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
15152 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15155 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15156 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
15157 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15160 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
15161 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15162 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15164 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15168 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
15169 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
15171 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15175 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
15176 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
15177 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15179 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15182 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
15183 /* If not using the newer R_PPC64_TLSGD/LD to mark
15184 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
15185 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
15186 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
15187 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
15188 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
15189 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15190 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
15191 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
15193 htab
->tls_get_addr
,
15195 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
15196 /* We read the low GOT_TLS (or TOC16) insn because we
15197 need to keep the destination reg. It may be
15198 something other than the usual r3, and moved to r3
15199 before the call by intervening code. */
15200 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15201 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15202 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15205 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
15206 insn1
|= 58u << 26; /* ld */
15207 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
15208 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15209 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15210 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16
15211 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
)
15212 r_type
+= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
- R_PPC64_TOC16
;
15214 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 1)) & 1)
15215 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15216 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15221 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
15222 insn1
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis r,13,0 */
15223 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15226 /* Was an LD reloc. */
15227 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15228 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15230 else if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15232 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
15233 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15235 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15236 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15237 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15239 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
,
15240 R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
);
15241 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15242 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15245 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
15246 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15247 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15249 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15250 if (offset
+ 8 <= input_section
->size
)
15252 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15253 if (insn2
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15254 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15257 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) == 0
15258 && (tls_gd
== 0 || toc_symndx
!= 0))
15260 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order
15261 to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15267 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
15268 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15270 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15272 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15273 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15275 /* IE, pla -> pld */
15276 pinsn
+= (-2ULL << 56) + (57ULL << 26) - (14ULL << 26);
15277 r_type
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
;
15281 /* LE, pla pcrel -> paddi r13 */
15282 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
15283 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15285 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15286 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15287 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15288 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15289 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15293 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
15294 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15296 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15298 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15299 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
15300 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15301 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15302 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15303 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15304 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15305 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15306 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15307 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15312 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
15313 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
15314 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
15316 unsigned int insn2
;
15317 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
15319 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15320 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
15322 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
15323 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
15324 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
15325 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15326 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15330 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
15331 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15333 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15336 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15337 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
15342 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15344 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
15345 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15347 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15348 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15350 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15355 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15356 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15357 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15360 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15361 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
15362 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
15363 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15364 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15365 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) == 0
15367 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
15372 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
15373 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
15374 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
15376 unsigned int insn2
;
15377 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
15379 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15380 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
15382 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
15383 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
15384 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
15385 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15386 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15390 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
15391 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15393 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15394 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15396 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15401 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15402 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15403 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15404 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15405 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15407 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15408 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
15409 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
15410 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15411 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15412 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
15417 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
15418 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
15419 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
15420 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
15422 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15424 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15425 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15426 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
15429 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15430 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15432 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15437 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15439 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15440 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15441 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15446 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
15447 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15449 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15450 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15454 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
15455 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15456 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
15457 && !info
->traditional_format
15458 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15460 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15462 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15463 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15464 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
15465 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
15467 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15468 LIS_R2
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
15469 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15470 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15471 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
15472 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15477 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
15478 + input_section
->output_offset
15479 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
15480 if (relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15482 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15484 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15485 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15486 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
15487 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
15489 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15490 ADDIS_R2_R12
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
15491 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15492 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15493 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
15494 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15500 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
15501 /* If we are generating a non-PIC executable, edit
15502 . 0: addis 2,12,.TOC.-0b@ha
15503 . addi 2,2,.TOC.-0b@l
15504 used by ELFv2 global entry points to set up r2, to
15507 if .TOC. is in range. */
15508 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
15509 && !info
->traditional_format
15511 && rel
->r_addend
== d_offset
15512 && h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
15513 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15514 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
)
15515 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
15516 && rel
[1].r_addend
== rel
->r_addend
+ 4
15517 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15519 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15520 offset
= rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
15521 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15522 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15523 if ((insn1
& 0xffff0000) == ADDIS_R2_R12
15524 && (insn2
& 0xffff0000) == ADDI_R2_R2
)
15526 r_type
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
15527 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15528 rel
->r_addend
-= d_offset
;
15529 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
);
15530 rel
[1].r_addend
-= d_offset
+ 4;
15531 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, LIS_R2
, contents
+ offset
);
15537 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
15539 max_br_offset
= 1 << 25;
15540 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15541 reloc_dest
= DEST_NORMAL
;
15547 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
15548 if (relocation
+ addend
== (rel
->r_offset
15549 + input_section
->output_offset
15550 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
)
15551 && tocsave_find (htab
, NO_INSERT
,
15552 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
15554 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15556 || insn
== CROR_151515
|| insn
== CROR_313131
)
15557 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15558 STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
15559 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15563 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
15564 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
15565 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
15566 insn
= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
15567 /* Fall through. */
15569 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
15570 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
15571 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
15572 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15573 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
) & ~(0x01 << 21);
15574 /* Fall through. */
15576 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
15577 max_br_offset
= 1 << 15;
15578 /* Fall through. */
15580 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
15581 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
15582 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
15583 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
15584 /* Calls to functions with a different TOC, such as calls to
15585 shared objects, need to alter the TOC pointer. This is
15586 done using a linkage stub. A REL24 branching to these
15587 linkage stubs needs to be followed by a nop, as the nop
15588 will be replaced with an instruction to restore the TOC
15593 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
15594 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
15595 stub_entry
= ppc_get_stub_entry (input_section
, sec
, fdh
, &orig_rel
,
15597 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
15598 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15599 && stub_entry
!= NULL
15600 && stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15601 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15604 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15605 && ((stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15606 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15607 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15608 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
15609 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15610 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
))
15612 bfd_boolean can_plt_call
= FALSE
;
15614 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
15616 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
15617 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&h
->elf
))
15619 /* The function doesn't use or change r2. */
15620 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15622 else if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15624 /* NOTOC calls don't need to restore r2. */
15625 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15628 /* All of these stubs may modify r2, so there must be a
15629 branch and link followed by a nop. The nop is
15630 replaced by an insn to restore r2. */
15631 else if (rel
->r_offset
+ 8 <= input_section
->size
)
15635 br
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15636 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15641 nop
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15642 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15643 if (nop
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15644 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15645 else if (nop
== NOP
15646 || nop
== CROR_151515
15647 || nop
== CROR_313131
)
15650 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)
15651 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
15653 /* Special stub used, leave nop alone. */
15656 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15657 LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
15658 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15659 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15664 if (!can_plt_call
&& h
!= NULL
)
15666 const char *name
= h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
;
15671 if (strncmp (name
, "__libc_start_main", 17) == 0
15672 && (name
[17] == 0 || name
[17] == '@'))
15674 /* Allow crt1 branch to go via a toc adjusting
15675 stub. Other calls that never return could do
15676 the same, if we could detect such. */
15677 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15683 /* g++ as of 20130507 emits self-calls without a
15684 following nop. This is arguably wrong since we
15685 have conflicting information. On the one hand a
15686 global symbol and on the other a local call
15687 sequence, but don't error for this special case.
15688 It isn't possible to cheaply verify we have
15689 exactly such a call. Allow all calls to the same
15691 asection
*code_sec
= sec
;
15693 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
15695 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
15696 - sec
->output_section
->vma
15697 - sec
->output_offset
);
15699 opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
15701 if (code_sec
== input_section
)
15702 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15707 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15708 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15709 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15710 /* xgettext:c-format */
15711 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15712 "(plt call stub)\n"),
15713 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
15715 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15716 /* xgettext:c-format */
15717 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15718 "(toc save/adjust stub)\n"),
15719 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
15721 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15726 && stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15727 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15728 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
15731 if ((stub_entry
== NULL
15732 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
15733 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
15734 && get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
15736 /* The branch destination is the value of the opd entry. */
15737 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
15738 - sec
->output_section
->vma
15739 - sec
->output_offset
);
15740 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, NULL
, NULL
, FALSE
);
15741 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15745 reloc_dest
= DEST_OPD
;
15749 /* If the branch is out of reach we ought to have a long
15751 from
= (rel
->r_offset
15752 + input_section
->output_offset
15753 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
15755 relocation
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (fdh
15759 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15760 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
15761 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
15762 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
15763 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
15764 || (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15765 < 2 * max_br_offset
)))
15766 /* Don't use the stub if this branch is in range. */
15769 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15770 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
15771 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15772 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
15773 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
)
15774 && (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15775 || ((fdh
? fdh
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
15776 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
) <= 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)
15777 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15778 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
15781 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15782 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15783 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15784 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15785 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
)
15786 && r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15787 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15788 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
15791 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
15793 /* Munge up the value and addend so that we call the stub
15794 rather than the procedure directly. */
15795 asection
*stub_sec
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
15797 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_save_res
)
15798 relocation
+= (stub_sec
->output_offset
15799 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
15800 + stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
15801 - htab
->sfpr
->output_offset
15802 - htab
->sfpr
->output_section
->vma
);
15804 relocation
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
15805 + stub_sec
->output_offset
15806 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
15808 reloc_dest
= DEST_STUB
;
15810 if (((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
15811 && ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
)
15812 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
15813 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15815 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)
15816 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
15817 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15818 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
15819 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
)
15821 else if ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15822 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
15823 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15824 && r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15827 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15828 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
15829 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
))
15830 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
15837 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
15838 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
15839 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
15840 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
15841 insn
|= 0x02 << 21;
15842 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
15843 insn
|= 0x08 << 21;
15849 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
15850 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ addend
- from
) < 0)
15851 insn
^= 0x01 << 21;
15854 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15857 /* NOP out calls to undefined weak functions.
15858 We can thus call a weak function without first
15859 checking whether the function is defined. */
15861 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
15862 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
15863 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
15864 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15868 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15873 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
15874 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
15876 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15877 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
15878 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15880 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15881 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
15883 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15884 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15885 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
15886 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15891 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
15892 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
15893 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
15895 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15896 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
15897 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15899 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15900 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
15902 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15903 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15904 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
15905 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15907 else if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */)
15909 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
15910 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15915 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
15916 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
15918 from
= (rel
->r_offset
15919 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
15920 + input_section
->output_offset
);
15921 if (relocation
- from
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34
15922 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15924 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15925 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15927 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15928 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
15929 == ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52) | (57ULL << 26) /* pld */))
15931 /* Replace with paddi. */
15932 pinsn
+= (2ULL << 56) + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26);
15933 r_type
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
15934 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15935 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ offset
);
15936 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15942 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
15943 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15945 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15946 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15948 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15949 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
15950 == ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
15951 | (14ULL << 26) /* paddi */))
15954 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
15955 && rel
[1].r_offset
== offset
15956 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
))
15958 bfd_vma off2
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
15960 /* zero means next insn. */
15963 if (off2
+ 4 <= input_section
->size
)
15966 bfd_signed_vma addend_off
;
15967 pinsn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ off2
);
15969 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
15971 if (off2
+ 8 > input_section
->size
)
15973 pinsn2
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15974 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
15976 if (xlate_pcrel_opt (&pinsn
, &pinsn2
, &addend_off
))
15978 addend
+= addend_off
;
15979 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
15980 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15981 contents
+ offset
);
15982 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
,
15983 contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15984 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
>> 32,
15986 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
15987 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
,
15988 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
15998 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
16002 /* xgettext:c-format */
16003 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
16004 input_bfd
, ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
16006 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16012 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
16013 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
16014 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
16015 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
16016 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
16017 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
16018 case R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
:
16021 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
16022 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
16023 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
16024 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
16025 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
16026 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
16027 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
16028 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16029 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
16030 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
16033 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
16034 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
16035 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
16036 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16037 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
16038 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
16041 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
16042 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16043 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
16044 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16045 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
16046 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
16049 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
16050 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16051 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
16052 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16053 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
:
16054 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
16057 case R_PPC64_GOT16
:
16058 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
16059 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
16060 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16061 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
16062 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16063 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
16066 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
16071 unsigned long indx
= 0;
16072 struct got_entry
*ent
;
16074 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
16075 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
16076 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (input_bfd
);
16081 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
16082 || h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
16083 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16084 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16085 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
16086 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
16087 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
16088 because of a version file. */
16092 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16093 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16095 ent
= h
->elf
.got
.glist
;
16099 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
16101 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
16104 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16105 if (ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
16106 && ent
->owner
== input_bfd
16107 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
16113 if (ent
->is_indirect
)
16114 ent
= ent
->got
.ent
;
16115 offp
= &ent
->got
.offset
;
16116 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->got
;
16120 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 8. We use the
16121 least significant bit to record whether we have already
16122 processed this entry. */
16124 if ((off
& 1) != 0)
16128 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker, except in
16129 the case of TLSLD where we'll use one entry per
16137 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16138 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
16141 relgot
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16143 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
16144 else if (is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16145 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
16148 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16150 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16152 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
16153 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))))
16154 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->relgot
;
16155 if (relgot
!= NULL
)
16157 outrel
.r_offset
= (got
->output_section
->vma
16158 + got
->output_offset
16160 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16161 if (tls_type
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
16163 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16164 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
);
16165 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
16167 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16168 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16169 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16170 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
16172 outrel
.r_offset
+= 8;
16173 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16175 = ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16178 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
16179 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16180 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
16181 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_TPREL64
);
16182 else if (indx
!= 0)
16183 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
);
16187 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16189 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16191 /* Write the .got section contents for the sake
16193 loc
= got
->contents
+ off
;
16194 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, outrel
.r_addend
+ relocation
,
16198 if (indx
== 0 && tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
16200 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16201 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
16203 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16204 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16206 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
16209 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16210 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16211 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16212 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16215 /* Init the .got section contents here if we're not
16216 emitting a reloc. */
16219 relocation
+= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16222 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16226 if (tls_type
& TLS_LD
)
16229 relocation
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16230 if (tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
)
16231 relocation
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
16234 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
))
16236 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
16237 got
->contents
+ off
+ 8);
16241 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
16242 got
->contents
+ off
);
16246 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
16249 relocation
= got
->output_section
->vma
+ got
->output_offset
+ off
;
16251 if (!(r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
16252 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
16253 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
16254 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
16255 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
))
16256 addend
= -(TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
16260 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16261 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
16262 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
16263 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16264 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
16265 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
16266 case R_PPC64_PLT32
:
16267 case R_PPC64_PLT64
:
16268 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
16269 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
16270 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
16271 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
16272 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
16273 procedure linkage table. */
16274 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
16276 struct plt_entry
**plt_list
= NULL
;
16278 plt_list
= &h
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
16279 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
16281 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
16282 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
16283 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
16287 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
16289 for (ent
= *plt_list
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16290 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
16291 && ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
)
16296 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
16297 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
16299 || h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
16302 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16303 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16304 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
16306 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
16308 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
16309 + plt
->output_offset
16310 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
16311 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
16312 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
16313 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
16314 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
)
16316 got
= (elf_gp (output_bfd
)
16317 + htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
16321 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16329 /* Relocation value is TOC base. */
16330 relocation
= TOCstart
;
16331 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
16332 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16333 else if (unresolved_reloc
)
16335 else if (sec
!= NULL
&& sec
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
16336 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[sec
->id
].toc_off
;
16338 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
16341 /* TOC16 relocs. We want the offset relative to the TOC base,
16342 which is the address of the start of the TOC plus 0x8000.
16343 The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, and .plt,
16345 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
16346 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
16347 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
16348 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
16349 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16350 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16351 addend
-= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16356 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
16357 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
16358 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
16359 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
16360 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
16361 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
16362 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
16364 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
16367 case R_PPC64_REL16
:
16368 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
16369 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
16370 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
16371 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
16372 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
16373 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
16374 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
16375 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
16376 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
16377 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
16378 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
16379 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
16380 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
16381 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
16382 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
16383 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
16384 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
16385 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
16386 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
16387 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
16388 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
16391 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
16392 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
16393 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
16394 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16395 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
16396 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16397 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
16398 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
16399 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
16400 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16401 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
16402 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16403 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
16405 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
16406 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
16408 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
16409 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
16410 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
16411 defined before using them. */
16412 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
16414 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16415 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 13);
16417 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16420 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16421 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
16422 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
16423 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
16424 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
16427 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
16428 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
16429 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
16430 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
16431 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
16432 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16433 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
16434 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
16435 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
16436 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16437 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
16438 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16439 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
16440 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16441 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16444 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
16445 addend
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
!= NULL
16450 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
16455 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
16456 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16457 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
16460 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
16461 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16462 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16463 /* Fall through. */
16465 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a
16467 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
16468 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
16469 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
16470 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
16471 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
16472 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
16473 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
16474 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
16475 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
16476 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
16477 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
16478 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
16479 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
16480 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
16481 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
16482 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
16483 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
16484 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
16485 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
16486 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
16487 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
16488 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
16489 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
16490 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
16491 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
16492 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
16493 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
16494 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
16496 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
16497 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
16498 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
16501 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
16504 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
16507 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16509 || h
->elf
.dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
16510 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
16511 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
16513 ? h
->elf
.dyn_relocs
!= NULL
16514 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
16516 bfd_boolean skip
, relocate
;
16521 /* When generating a dynamic object, these relocations
16522 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
16528 out_off
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
16529 input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
16530 if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
16532 else if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
16533 skip
= TRUE
, relocate
= TRUE
;
16534 out_off
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
16535 + input_section
->output_offset
);
16536 outrel
.r_offset
= out_off
;
16537 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
16539 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
16540 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) != 0)
16541 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) == 0))
16542 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR64
^ R_PPC64_UADDR64
;
16543 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) != 0)
16544 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) == 0))
16545 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR32
^ R_PPC64_UADDR32
;
16546 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) != 0)
16547 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) == 0))
16548 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR16
^ R_PPC64_UADDR16
;
16551 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
16552 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16554 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC
)
16556 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16557 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
16558 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
16562 /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local,
16563 or this is an opd section reloc which must point
16564 at a local function. */
16565 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16566 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
|| r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC
)
16568 if (is_opd
&& h
!= NULL
)
16570 /* Lie about opd entries. This case occurs
16571 when building shared libraries and we
16572 reference a function in another shared
16573 lib. The same thing happens for a weak
16574 definition in an application that's
16575 overridden by a strong definition in a
16576 shared lib. (I believe this is a generic
16577 bug in binutils handling of weak syms.)
16578 In these cases we won't use the opd
16579 entry in this lib. */
16580 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16583 && r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
16585 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16586 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
16587 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16590 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16592 /* We need to relocate .opd contents for ld.so.
16593 Prelink also wants simple and consistent rules
16594 for relocs. This make all RELATIVE relocs have
16595 *r_offset equal to r_addend. */
16602 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16603 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16605 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16606 /* xgettext:c-format */
16607 (_("%H: %s for indirect "
16608 "function `%pT' unsupported\n"),
16609 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16610 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
16614 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
16616 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
16618 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16623 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
16625 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
16627 /* TLS symbol values are relative to the
16628 TLS segment. Dynamic relocations for
16629 local TLS symbols therefore can't be
16630 reduced to a relocation against their
16631 section symbol because it holds the
16632 address of the section, not a value
16633 relative to the TLS segment. We could
16634 change the .tdata dynamic section symbol
16635 to be zero value but STN_UNDEF works
16636 and is used elsewhere, eg. for TPREL64
16637 GOT relocs against local TLS symbols. */
16638 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
16643 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
16646 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
16647 && htab
->elf
.data_index_section
!= NULL
)
16648 osec
= htab
->elf
.data_index_section
;
16650 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
16651 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
16653 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
16656 /* We are turning this relocation into one
16657 against a section symbol, so subtract out
16658 the output section's address but not the
16659 offset of the input section in the output
16661 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
16664 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
16668 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
16670 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16671 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16673 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16675 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
16676 else if (is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16677 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
16679 if (sreloc
== NULL
)
16682 if (sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)
16685 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
16686 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
16687 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16689 if (!warned_dynamic
16690 && !ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)))
16692 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16693 /* xgettext:c-format */
16694 (_("%X%P: %pB: %s against %pT "
16695 "is not supported by glibc as a dynamic relocation\n"),
16697 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)]->name
,
16699 warned_dynamic
= TRUE
;
16702 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, it will
16703 be computed at runtime, so there's no need to do
16704 anything now. However, for the sake of prelink ensure
16705 that the section contents are a known value. */
16708 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16709 /* The value chosen here is quite arbitrary as ld.so
16710 ignores section contents except for the special
16711 case of .opd where the contents might be accessed
16712 before relocation. Choose zero, as that won't
16713 cause reloc overflow. */
16716 /* Use *r_offset == r_addend for R_PPC64_ADDR64 relocs
16717 to improve backward compatibility with older
16719 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
16720 addend
= outrel
.r_addend
;
16721 /* Adjust pc_relative relocs to have zero in *r_offset. */
16722 else if (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->pc_relative
)
16723 addend
= outrel
.r_offset
;
16729 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
16730 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
16731 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
16732 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
16733 /* We shouldn't ever see these dynamic relocs in relocatable
16735 /* Fall through. */
16737 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
:
16738 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
16739 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
16740 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
:
16741 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
:
16742 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
16743 case R_PPC64_PLTREL32
:
16744 case R_PPC64_PLTREL64
:
16745 /* These ones haven't been implemented yet. */
16747 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16748 /* xgettext:c-format */
16749 (_("%P: %pB: %s is not supported for `%pT'\n"),
16751 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
, sym_name
);
16753 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
16758 /* Multi-instruction sequences that access the TOC can be
16759 optimized, eg. addis ra,r2,0; addi rb,ra,x;
16760 to nop; addi rb,r2,x; */
16766 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
16767 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
16768 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
16769 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
16770 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
16771 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
16772 /* These relocs would only be useful if building up an
16773 offset to later add to r2, perhaps in an indexed
16774 addressing mode instruction. Don't try to optimize.
16775 Unfortunately, the possibility of someone building up an
16776 offset like this or even with the HA relocs, means that
16777 we need to check the high insn when optimizing the low
16781 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
16782 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
16783 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16784 /* Fall through. */
16785 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
16786 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16788 /* No plt entry. Make this into a direct call. */
16789 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
16790 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16792 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B_DOT
| insn
, p
);
16793 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
16794 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
+ 4);
16795 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
16796 r_type
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
16800 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
16801 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
16802 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16804 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16809 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
16810 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
16811 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16812 /* Fall through. */
16813 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
16814 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16816 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
16817 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
>> 32, p
);
16818 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
, p
+ 4);
16819 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16824 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16825 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16827 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16830 /* Fall through. */
16831 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16832 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16833 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16834 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16835 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16836 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16837 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
16838 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
)
16842 p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16843 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
16848 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
16849 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16850 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16852 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16855 /* Fall through. */
16856 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
16857 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
16858 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16859 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16860 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
16861 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16862 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
16863 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16864 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
16865 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
)
16867 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16868 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16869 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */)
16871 /* Transform addic to addi when we change reg. */
16872 insn
&= ~((0x3fu
<< 26) | (0x1f << 16));
16873 insn
|= (14u << 26) | (2 << 16);
16877 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
16880 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16884 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16885 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
16887 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16888 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16889 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
16890 != ((15u << 26) | (13 << 16)) /* addis rt,13,imm */)
16891 /* xgettext:c-format */
16892 info
->callbacks
->minfo
16893 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
16894 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16895 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
, insn
);
16898 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
16904 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
16905 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16906 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
16908 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16909 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16910 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
16912 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16917 /* Do any further special processing. */
16923 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
16924 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
16925 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
16926 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
16927 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
16928 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
16929 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
16930 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
16931 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
16932 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16933 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
16934 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16935 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
16936 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16937 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16938 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
16939 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
16940 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16941 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16942 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
16943 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
16944 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
16945 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
16948 /* Fall through. */
16950 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16951 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
16952 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16953 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16954 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16955 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16956 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16957 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
16958 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
16962 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
16963 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
16964 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
16965 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
16966 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
16968 addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
16971 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
16972 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
16973 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
16974 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16975 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16976 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
16977 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
16978 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
16979 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16980 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
16981 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
16982 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
16983 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16984 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
16985 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16986 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
16987 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16988 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
16989 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16990 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
16992 /* If this reloc is against an lq, lxv, or stxv insn, then
16993 the value must be a multiple of 16. This is somewhat of
16994 a hack, but the "correct" way to do this by defining _DQ
16995 forms of all the _DS relocs bloats all reloc switches in
16996 this file. It doesn't make much sense to use these
16997 relocs in data, so testing the insn should be safe. */
16998 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (56u << 26)
16999 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) && (insn
& 3) == 1))
17001 relocation
+= addend
;
17002 addend
= insn
& (mask
^ 3);
17003 if ((relocation
& mask
) != 0)
17005 relocation
^= relocation
& mask
;
17006 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17007 /* xgettext:c-format */
17008 (_("%H: error: %s not a multiple of %u\n"),
17009 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17010 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
17012 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
17019 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
17020 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
17021 not process them. */
17022 howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) r_type
];
17023 if (unresolved_reloc
17024 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
17025 && h
->elf
.def_dynamic
)
17026 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
17027 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
17029 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17030 /* xgettext:c-format */
17031 (_("%H: unresolvable %s against `%pT'\n"),
17032 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17034 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
17038 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
17039 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
17040 have different reloc types. */
17041 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
17042 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
17043 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
17045 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
17047 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
17048 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
17049 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
17050 else if (howto
->rightshift
== 0
17051 ? ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
17052 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
17053 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
17054 : ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 29u << 26 /* andis */
17055 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 25u << 26 /* oris */
17056 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 27u << 26 /* xoris */))
17057 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
17058 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
17060 alt_howto
= *howto
;
17061 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
17062 howto
= &alt_howto
;
17068 /* Split field relocs aren't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
17070 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
17071 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
17072 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
17073 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
17074 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
17075 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
17076 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
17077 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
17078 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
17079 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
17080 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
:
17081 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
17082 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
17084 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
17085 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 8 > input_section
->size
)
17086 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17089 relocation
+= addend
;
17090 if (howto
->pc_relative
)
17091 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17092 + input_section
->output_offset
17093 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17094 relocation
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
17096 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17098 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17100 pinsn
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
17101 pinsn
|= (((relocation
<< 16) | (relocation
& 0xffff))
17102 & howto
->dst_mask
);
17103 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17104 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17106 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
17107 && (relocation
+ (1ULL << (howto
->bitsize
- 1))
17108 >= 1ULL << howto
->bitsize
))
17109 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17113 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
17114 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
17115 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17118 relocation
+= addend
;
17119 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17120 + input_section
->output_offset
17121 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17122 relocation
= (bfd_signed_vma
) relocation
>> 16;
17123 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17125 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
17126 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17128 if (relocation
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
17129 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17134 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
17135 contents
, rel
->r_offset
,
17136 relocation
, addend
);
17139 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
17141 char *more_info
= NULL
;
17142 const char *reloc_name
= howto
->name
;
17144 if (reloc_dest
!= DEST_NORMAL
)
17146 more_info
= bfd_malloc (strlen (reloc_name
) + 8);
17147 if (more_info
!= NULL
)
17149 strcpy (more_info
, reloc_name
);
17150 strcat (more_info
, (reloc_dest
== DEST_OPD
17151 ? " (OPD)" : " (stub)"));
17152 reloc_name
= more_info
;
17156 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
17158 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
17159 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
17161 && (reloc_dest
== DEST_STUB
17163 && (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
17164 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
17165 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))))
17166 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow (info
, &h
->elf
.root
,
17167 sym_name
, reloc_name
,
17169 input_bfd
, input_section
,
17174 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17175 /* xgettext:c-format */
17176 (_("%H: %s against `%pT': error %d\n"),
17177 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17178 reloc_name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
17190 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
17191 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
17193 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
17194 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17195 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
17197 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
17199 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
17200 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
17203 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
17204 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17205 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
17208 /* If we're emitting relocations, then shortly after this function
17209 returns, reloc offsets and addends for this section will be
17210 adjusted. Worse, reloc symbol indices will be for the output
17211 file rather than the input. Save a copy of the relocs for
17212 opd_entry_value. */
17213 if (is_opd
&& (info
->emitrelocations
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
)))
17216 amt
= input_section
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
17217 rel
= bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
17218 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
== NULL
);
17219 ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
= rel
;
17222 memcpy (rel
, relocs
, amt
);
17227 /* Adjust the value of any local symbols in opd sections. */
17230 ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17231 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
17232 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
17233 asection
*input_sec
,
17234 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
17236 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
17243 opd
= get_opd_info (input_sec
);
17244 if (opd
== NULL
|| opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
17247 value
= elfsym
->st_value
- input_sec
->output_offset
;
17248 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
17249 value
-= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
17251 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (value
)];
17255 elfsym
->st_value
+= adjust
;
17259 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
17260 dynamic sections here. */
17263 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
17264 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17265 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
17266 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
17268 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
17269 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
17271 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17275 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !h
->def_regular
)
17276 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
17277 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
17279 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
17280 defined in glink. Leave the value if there were
17281 any relocations where pointer equality matters
17282 (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to make
17283 function pointer comparisons work between an
17284 application and shared library), otherwise set it
17286 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
17287 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
17289 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
17291 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
17292 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
17293 function pointer. */
17300 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
17301 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
17302 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
17303 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
))
17305 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
17306 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
17310 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
17313 rela
.r_offset
= defined_sym_val (h
);
17314 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_COPY
);
17316 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
17317 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
17319 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
17320 loc
= srel
->contents
;
17321 loc
+= srel
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
17322 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
17328 /* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the
17329 dynamic linker, before writing them out. */
17331 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
17332 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17333 const asection
*rel_sec
,
17334 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
17336 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
17337 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17339 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
17340 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
17342 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
);
17345 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
17346 return reloc_class_relative
;
17347 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
17348 return reloc_class_plt
;
17350 return reloc_class_copy
;
17352 return reloc_class_normal
;
17356 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
17359 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
17360 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
17362 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
17366 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17370 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
17371 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
17373 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
17375 Elf64_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
17377 if (sdyn
== NULL
|| htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
17380 dyncon
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
17381 dynconend
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
17382 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
17384 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
17387 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
17394 case DT_PPC64_GLINK
:
17396 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17397 /* We stupidly defined DT_PPC64_GLINK to be the start
17398 of glink rather than the first entry point, which is
17399 what ld.so needs, and now have a bigger stub to
17400 support automatic multiple TOCs. */
17401 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) - 8 * 4;
17405 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
17408 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
17412 if ((htab
->do_multi_toc
&& htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
17413 || htab
->notoc_plt
)
17414 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_MULTI_TOC
;
17415 if (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
)
17416 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_LOCALENTRY
;
17419 case DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
:
17420 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
17423 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
;
17427 s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
17428 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17432 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
17433 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17437 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
17441 if (htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
)
17442 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17443 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
17444 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
17445 else if (htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
)
17446 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17447 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
17448 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
17452 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
17456 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
!= 0
17457 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
17459 /* Fill in the first entry in the global offset table.
17460 We use it to hold the link-time TOCbase. */
17461 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
,
17462 elf_gp (output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
,
17463 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
);
17465 /* Set .got entry size. */
17466 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
17470 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
17471 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
17473 /* Set .plt entry size. */
17474 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
17475 = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
17478 /* brlt is SEC_LINKER_CREATED, so we need to write out relocs for
17479 brlt ourselves if emitrelocations. */
17480 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
17481 && htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
!= 0
17482 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
17484 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->rela
.hdr
,
17485 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->relocs
,
17489 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
17490 && htab
->glink
->reloc_count
!= 0
17491 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
17493 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->rela
.hdr
,
17494 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->relocs
,
17499 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
17500 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0
17501 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
17502 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
17503 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
17504 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
17507 /* We need to handle writing out multiple GOT sections ourselves,
17508 since we didn't add them to DYNOBJ. We know dynobj is the first
17510 while ((dynobj
= dynobj
->link
.next
) != NULL
)
17514 if (!is_ppc64_elf (dynobj
))
17517 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->got
;
17520 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
17521 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
17522 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
17525 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->relgot
;
17528 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
17529 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
17530 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
17538 #include "elf64-target.h"
17540 /* FreeBSD support */
17542 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
17543 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
17545 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
17546 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_fbsd_vec
17547 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
17548 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc-freebsd"
17551 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
17554 #define elf64_bed elf64_powerpc_fbsd_bed
17556 #include "elf64-target.h"